SRAL

53-001A8-F00/E
Issue 1, September 1999

SRA L/7...38
LOW CAPACITY DIGITAL RADIO SYSTEM
INSTALLATION TEST MANUAL
(ITMN)
Manual
Volume: 1/1 code: 911-292/02B4000
Equipment code:
- 732-001/7, 8, 10, 13, 15
- 732-001/18, 23, 26, 38
- 732-021/7, 8, 10, 13, 15
- 732-021/18, 23, 26, 38
Approved by:
Responsible for Instruction Manual Department
Signature: Date: 04/11/99
Manual printed:
SRA L/7...38
LOW CAPACITY DIGITAL RADIO
SYSTEM
(ITMN)
Volume: 1/1 911-292/02B4000
SRA L/7...38
SYSTEM
(ITMN)
Volume: 1/1 911-292/02B4000
SRA L/7...38
SYSTEM
(ITMN)
Volume: 1/1 911-292/02B4000
SRA L/7...38
(ITMN)
Volume: 1/1 911-292/02B4000
SRA L/7...38
(ITMN)
Volume: 1/1 911-292/02B4000
SRA L/7...38
(ITMN)
Volume: 1/1 911-292/02B4000
D.45 D.55
D.25
D.30
D.20
SRA L Index of manual
53-001A8-I00/E
Issue 1, September 1999 1/2
Index of Manual
Frontispiece 53-001A8-F00/E
Handbook status 53-001A8-R00/E
Index 53-001A8-I00/E
Section 1: INTRODUCTION
Foreword 53-001A8-P00/E
Safety rules and use precautions 53-001A8-150/E
Section 2: DESCRIPTION OF THE EQUIPMENT
General information 53-001A8-100/E
Technical characteristics 53-001A8-101/E
Equipment composition 53-001A8-102/E
Control and check devices 53-001A8-103/E
Use of the service telephone channel 53-001A8-104/E
Section 3: INSTALLATION
Equipment installation 53-001A8-200/E
Section 4: HARDWARE PREPARATION
Presettings 53-001A8-500/E
External connections 53-001A8-201/E
Connector assembling 53-001A8-202/E
Section 5: ACTIVATION
Activation 53-001A8-501/E
Use of POE 53-001A8-300/E
Section 6: MAINTENANCE
Periodical check and equipment functioning check 53-001A8-301/E
Troubleshooting 53-001A8-502/E
Replacement procedures 53-001A8-302/E
Section 7: SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
Symbols and abbreviations 53-001A8-151/E
Index of manual SRA L
53-001A8-I00/E
2/2 Issue 1, September 1999
FINE<
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Handbook status
53-001A8-R00/E
The following table shows the status of the documents composing this handbook.
Type of change:
N = new M = modified A = cancelled
The column "Modified pages" shows only pages which have been modified, whereas the indication "Issue/Date"
has to be changed on all pages of the documentation, even if they have not been modified.
Document Code Issue/Date
Type of
change
Modified pages
Frontispiece 53-001A8-F00/E 1/09/99 N
Handbook status 53-001A8-R00/E 1/09/99 N
Index of manual 53-001A8-I00/E 1/09/99 N
Foreword 53-001A8-P00/E 1/09/99 N
Safety rules and use precautions 53-001A8-150/E 1/09/99 N
General information 53-001A8-100/E 1/09/99 N
Technical characteristics 53-001A8-101/E 1/09/99 N
Equipment composition 53-001A8-102/E 1/09/99 N
Control and check devices 53-001A8-103/E 1/09/99 N
Use of the service telephone channel 53-001A8-104/E 1/09/99 N
Equipment installation 53-001A8-200/E 1/09/99 N
Presettings 53-001A8-500/E 1/09/99 N
External connections 53-001A8-201/E 1/09/99 N
Connector assembling 53-001A8-202/E 1/09/99 N
Activation 53-001A8-501/E 1/09/99 N
Use of POE 53-001A8-300/E 1/09/99 N
HANDBOOK STATUS
Up-date: Issue 1, September 1999
Previous:
Handbook status SRA L
53-001A8-R00/E
FINE
Document Code Issue/Date
Type of
change
Modified pages
Periodical check and equipment
functioning check 53-001A8-301/E 1/09/99 N
Troubleshooting 53-001A8-502/E 1/09/99 N
Replacement procedures 53-001A8-302/E 1/09/99 N
Symbols and abbreviations 53-001A8-151/E 1/09/99 N
SRA L Index of manual
53-001A8-I00/E
Index of Manual
Frontispiece 53-001A8-F00/E
Handbook status 53-001A8-R00/E
Index 53-001A8-I00/E
Section 1: INTRODUCTION
Foreword 53-001A8-P00/E
Safety rules and use precautions 53-001A8-150/E
Section 2: DESCRIPTION OF THE EQUIPMENT
General information 53-001A8-100/E
Technical characteristics 53-001A8-101/E
Equipment composition 53-001A8-102/E
Control and check devices 53-001A8-103/E
Use of the service telephone channel 53-001A8-104/E
Section 3: INSTALLATION
Equipment installation 53-001A8-200/E
Section 4: HARDWARE PREPARATION
Presettings 53-001A8-500/E
External connections 53-001A8-201/E
Connector assembling 53-001A8-202/E
Section 5: ACTIVATION
Activation 53-001A8-501/E
Use of POE 53-001A8-300/E
Section 6: MAINTENANCE
Periodical check and equipment functioning check 53-001A8-301/E
Troubleshooting 53-001A8-502/E
Replacement procedures 53-001A8-302/E
Section 7: SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
Symbols and abbreviations 53-001A8-151/E
Index of manual SRA L
53-001A8-I00/E
FINE<
BLANK PAGE
SRA L
Low capacity digital radio system
Safety rules and use precautions
53-001A8-150/E
Safety rules and use precautions SRA L
53-001A8-150/E
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Safety rules and use precautions
53-001A8-150/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 SAFETY RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1 Electrical safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2 Dangerous materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.3 External operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 ESDS PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
53-001A1-150/E
1 GENERAL
This document contains all the safety rules and the use precautions to be followed
during operations on the equipment to avoid injuries to personnel and/or damages to the
equipment components.
2 SAFETY RULES
The equipment complies with the 89/336/EEC European specification.
The equipment is prearranged for supplying from station batteries (-48 to -60 VDC
20%); then follow the on force specifications for low voltage supplied equipment's.
2.1 Electrical safety
The equipment complies with the EN 60950/A3 safety specifications (1995).
The equipment must be installed, started up, managed and repaired only by properly
trained personnel.
If the equipment is supplied at 60 VDC, according to the allowed tolerances (20%),
voltages exceeding the safety limits defined by the EN 60950/IEC 950 safety rule, can
be present inside the equipment.
The following plate defines the points where such a danger is present.
Before supplying the equipment, it is necessary to complete the wiring of the
connections to the protection ground, the insertion of all the units and/or modules
provided for the requested configuration and also the connection of all the
necessary connectors.
The connection to the protection ground must not be removed or damaged.
The equipment supplying system must be provided with a sectioning device
upstream the connector.
Before disconnecting the connectors, check that the supply has been removed by
means of the sectioning device installed upstream.
SRA L Safety rules and use precautions
53-001A1-150/E
2.2 Dangerous materials
For the elimination at the end of life, this equipment is inside the 160202 class (other
electronic material out of order) of the EUROPEAN CATALOGUE OF WASTES defined
with CEE/CEEA/CECA decision Nr. 3 of 20-12-1993 published on the European
Community Off. News. Nr. L5 of 1994.
Inside this product, some materials can be present that must not be exposed to flames
or to high temperatures. Such conditions can cause toxic fumes that must not absolutely
be inhaled.
Some metallic elements, necessary for the EMC shielding, content beryllium. Then it is
necessary to pay high attention during the use of such elements to avoid their breakage
or abrasion.
2.3 External operations
Some other operations involving danger conditions are the ones executed outside
during the equipment installation and starting up phase.
During the execution of such operations, it is necessary to follow strictly the safety rules
listed here below:
During installation, while the antenna and/or the external supporting-frame for rod
are lifted, it is strictly forbidden to stay or to pass in the underlying area. Such an
area must be properly restricted or signalled according to the on force rules.
For the external operations to be executed on the antenna, on the frame and on
the ODU, all the necessary safety rules against accidental fallings of the operators
must be respected, according to the on force rules. For example, it is necessary to
use protection fences and belts.
During the equipment starting up phase, the operators must not be in front of the
antenna.
DANGER If one of the above mentioned safety rules is not respected,
some injuries to the personnel can be caused.
53-001A1-150/E
3 ESDS PRECAUTIONS
The ESDS (Electro Static Discharge Sensitive) electronic devices can be partially or
permanently damaged by the static electricity that is commonly present in the operating
environment.
The main ESDS devices are:
CMOS components
Large Scale Integration components in MOS technology
SAW (Surface Acoustic Wave) components
Operational amplifiers with MOS/FET inputs
MOS/FET components and arrays
Microwave semiconductors and microcircuits at frequencies > 1 GHz
Modules containing ESDS devices are identified by following adhesive labels:
In order avoid any damage while handling the modules, the user should wear an
antistatic elastic bracelet, grounded by means a spiral cord.
Those modules that are mounted on the equipment (faulty or spare parts) shall be stores
in their original antistatic package marked by the labels above shown.
FINE
SRA L
General information
53-001A8-100/E
General information SRA L
53-001A8-100/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L General information
53-001A8-100/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 IDU architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2 ODU architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3 IDU-ODU INTERCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1 Radio signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.2 IDU/ODU service auxiliary channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.3 ODU power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4 PHYSICAL INTERFACES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.1 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.2 Tributary signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.3 User channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.4 V bus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.5 PC channel (F interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.6 Q channel (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.7 D channel (option). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.8 Alarm and remote control external lines (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.9 EOW expansion channel (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.10 Handset (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4.11 Monitoring of received RF power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5 LOOP-BACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6 CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
7 PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7.1 RX protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
7.2 TX protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.2.1 TX protection in (1+1) configuration at frequency diversity. . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
7.2.2 TX protection in (1+1) Hot-Standby configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.3 Hardware protection logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
7.4 Hitless protection logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
53-001A8-100/E
Illustrations
Fig. 1 SRA L equipment block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fig. 2 IDU block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fig. 3 ODU block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Fig. 4 Loop-back functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Fig. 5 SRA L equipment: (1+0) configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fig. 6 SRA L equipment: 2(1+0) configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fig. 7 SRA L equipment: (1+1) H/S 1 antenna configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Fig. 8 SRA L equipment: (1+1) H/S 2 antennas configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Fig. 9 SRA L equipment: (1+1) FD configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Fig. 10 SRA L equipment: A/D-RPT configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Fig. 11 Protection general diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fig. 12 RX protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Fig. 13 TX protection in frequency diversity configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fig. 14 TX protection in Hot-Standby configuration with RF switch and one
antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fig. 15 TX protection in Hot-Standby configuration with RF switch and
two antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Fig. 16 TX protection in Hot-Standby configuration without RF switch and with
one antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Fig. 17 TX protection in Hot-Standby configuration without RF switch and with
two antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
53-001A8-100/E
1 GENERAL
The SRA L family, low-capacity radio systems, is designed both for cellular network
interconnections and for conventional point-to-point radio links.
The main applications of this digital radio system are:
BTS <-> BTS, BTS <-> BSC, BSC <-> MSC interconnections in cellular networks
point-to-point links in subscriber distribution networks
networks pertaining to firms
emergency and/or provisional links.
The transmission capacity can be:
22 Mbit/s
42 Mbit/s
82 Mbit/s
162 Mbit/s.
The 2 Mbit/s capacity, having the channel arrangement step like the one of 22 Mbit/s
capacity, is derived from 22 Mbit/s option. According to the applications, several RF
bands are provided:
7 GHz
8 GHz
10,5 GHz
13 GHz
15 GHz
18 GHz
23 GHz
26 GHz
38 GHz.
2 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
Fig. 1 shows the SRA L equipment block diagram.
The equipment has been realized by physically subdividing it into two assemblies, one
for outdoor installation (ODU) and one for indoor installation (IDU).
This subdivision allows:
the RF losses, due to the interconnection between ODU and the antenna, to be
minimized
53-001A8-100/E
a common IDU, for all the applications to be realized.
According to the configurations, one or two ODUs can be equipped.The connection
between IDU and ODU is made through a single coaxial cable.
It is possible to use antennas with diameter dependently of the hop lenght to be realized.
2.1 IDU architecture
The IDU block diagram is shown in Fig. 2.
The IDU basic version (1+0) consists of:
a RTM unit (2x2 Mbit/s, 42 Mbit/s, 82 or 162Mbit/s), which includes all the Base
Band processing, the modulation/demodulation functions, IF conversions, the
cable protection and the IDU-ODU auxiliary service channel management
a 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit (75 Ohm unbalanced or 120 Ohm balanced), representing
the equipment physical access of the public network 2 Mbit/s tributary streams
a Controller unit, including all the control and supervision functions.
Besides, the IDU may include the following units (option):
an Alarm unit, including all the alarm and remote control interfaces; should the
equipment be utilized in a wide temperature range (-5to +55C), the IDU can be
equipped with an Alarm and Fan unit
EOW unit, for local and remote speech connections between IDU and ODU
Q-Adapter unit, for the connection to an supervisory center or in alternative, a D
Channel Distributor unit.
All the other IDU configurations (2(1+0), A/D-RPT, (1+1)) are obtained by duplicating
the RTM unit.
On the back-plane, the IDU is provided with a EEPROM memory, doubled on the
Controller unit (for protection purposes) where all the configuration parameters are
memorized. If available, the backplane EEPROM stores the reference equipment data
used for Controller EEPROM up-grading.
Then, each unit is equipped with a EEPROM memory where the inventory data are
memorized.
The main functions of IDU units are here below set down:
2 Mbit/s Tributary unit
It performs the following functions:
impedance matching of 2 Mbit/s I/O tributaries
input tributary branching to the two RTM units, should the equipment be in
protected configuration
tributary protection against fulminations and overloads.
interfacing of the equipment main supply voltage (from station batteries) with
protections against overvoltages and transients.
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 1 SRA L equipment block diagram
(*) Optional
53-001A8-100/E
RTM unit
regeneration of 2 Mbit/s input tributary signals, as per Rec. G.703, and
HDB3 NRZ conversion of the associated code
generation of the aggregate frame and multiplexing of input tributary signals
scrambling and encoding on the aggregate signal
digital modulation on the aggregate signal and D/A conversion
conversion of the modulated signal to the 2nd IF TX frequency (320 MHz) and
relevant filtering as per ETSI Rec.
generation of an auxiliary service channel for the transmission of data
channel, alarms, speech channels, etc., between IDU and ODU
FSK modulation (6.5 MHz carrier frequency) of the 128 kbit/s auxiliary service
channel and frequency multiplexing with 320 MHz IF main signal
IF signal amplification to be sent to ODU through the coaxial cable and
protection against fulminations and overloads
automatic level equalization on the signal from ODU
differential demodulation with associated Viterbi decoding of 70 MHz IF signal
and consequent demultiplexing of the 2 Mbit/s tributaries from the frame
demodulation of 5.5 MHz FSK signal carrying the auxiliary service channel
IDU-ODU.
The unit includes all the circuits required for executing a hitless switching function
between two aggregate signals, the equipment being in protected configuration,
and also a DC/DC converter for its own power supply.
Controller unit
It constitutes the "intelligent" unit of the IDU. It is connected to all the other units
through a data bus managed by a microprocessor and it is enabled to manage all
the expected equipment configurations.
collection of the alarms and parameters from all the other equipment units and
their transmission to local terminal or a supervisory center
activation of the commands from a PC or a supervisory center (state
configuration presetting, parameters change, etc.)
storage of the configuration and data at unit level (code, issue, etc.) and at
system level (bit rate, RF frequencies, etc.)
collection of the data coming from the Controller units of the other equipments
and from the supervisory center
routing of the messages addressed to all the other controllers and coming
from a supervisory center.
The unit is equipped with:
boot software on EPROM
Management software on flash memories; it is possible to execute its
download from terminal, either local or remote.
The unit includes a DC/DC converter for its own power supply and feeding of the
Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit.
53-001A8-100/E
Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit
management of the systems alarm and remote control signals
interfacing of the auxiliary supply voltage
cooling, through the fan activation, of IDU circuits should an internal high
temperature be detected (Alarm and Fan unit only).
The Alarm and Fan unit comprises a DC/DC converter to feed the fans.
Q-Adapter unit
The unit function consists in providing a protocol translation between the SRA L
network, using the TCP/IP protocol, and a TMN supervisory center, using a
standard Qx/Q3 protocol. Several utilization configurations are provided of
Q-Adapter unit and different connecting modes to TMN supervisory center.
Alternatively, the Q-Adapter unit allows the connection of the SRA L network to
QD2 management systems, by means of QD2 interface.
The unit is equipped with firmware of EPROM.
The unit comprises a DC/DC converter for its supply voltage and a DC/DC
converter for Ethernet transceiver feeding.
D Channel Distributor unit
The unit is fully passive and its function consists in providing additional channel
accesses for the Controller unit:
I/O of two D external channels of the Controller unit.
EOW unit
The unit function consists in managing a service telephone channel; in particular,
it allows for two stations belonging to the same service network, the following types
of link:
between any two stations
between a station and all the other stations
between a station (IDU) and its external operator post (ODU)
between two ODUs which could be in conference with the relevant IDUs.
The unit is equipped with firmware on EPROM.
The unit includes a DC/DC converter for its supply voltage and a DC/DC converter
to feed the subscriber line interface circuit.
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 2 IDU block diagram
(*)Optional
(**)Not present in (1+0) configuration
(***)With Q-Adapter unit only
53-001A8-100/E
2.2 ODU architecture
The ODU block diagram is shown in Fig. 3.
From a functional viewpoint, the ODU comprises six modules, an RF Diplexer
connected to the antenna and, for some versions, an RF switch unit.
On customer request, an ODU version is available equipped with a pre-heater module
which extends the lower limit of the working temperature range from -30C to -50C.
The main function of ODU modules are here below set down:
Protection module
input protection against lightning
extraction of the DC supply voltage from the IDU-ODU coaxial connecting
cable.
IF and Distributor module
it receives and splits the signals coming from the IDU: 320 MHz IF TX
modulated and 6.5 MHz FSK sub-carrier for the service connection
it transmits the IDU signals: 70 MHz IF RX signal and 5.5 MHz FSK
sub-carrier for the service connection
checks the amplitude of IF TX signal
receives RF signals from the Front-End, filters and converts them to 70 MHz
it includes the narrow band FSK modem for the IDU-ODU auxiliary service
channel and a microcontroller for the commands and data channels
it includes a microcontroller checking the ODU presettings (frequency
synthesizer, TX output power, hot-standby, etc.) and receives the information
(RX input power, ODU temperature) and the alarms from the several ODU
modules
it receives the DC voltages from the DC/DC converter and distributes them to
the ODU modules
it includes the physical interface for the monitoring device for the received
power measuring
Local Oscillator
It consists of three different parts:
TX/RX UHF synthesizer
It includes a UHF double frequency synthesizer, defining the UHF TX and RX
frequency, with tolerance always lower than 3 ppm. It receives the data from
the microcontroller for the programming of the operational TX/RX frequencies
utilized as reference for the locking of the microwave VCO.
TX VCO
It houses a microwave VCO which transfers the IF TX 320 MHz modulated
frequency, coming from the IF module, through a wideband PLL, in order to
precisely repeat the IF spectrum at the frequency (7...38 GHz), locked to the
reference signal, coming from the dual UHF synthesizer. It sends the
frequency-modulated microwave signal to the RF Transmitter. Besides, it
generates the alarm signals for the fault signaling.
53-001A8-100/E
RX VCO
It receives the reference signal from the RX UHF synthesizer.
It includes a microwave VCO which is locked to the reference through a PLL
circuit. It sends the microwave signal to the port of the Front-End module local
oscillator; it also generates the alarm signals for the fault signaling.
RF Transmitter
it amplifies the microwave signal coming from the TX VCO up to the desired
power, which can be modified through the microcontroller, and sends the
output signal to the Diplexer; the power amplifier can be disabled through a
squelch command (1+1) H/S configuration
it generates the alarm signals for the fault signaling.
Front-End module
it receives the signal from the Diplexer and amplifies it through two LNA
stages.
it converts the RF signal to the 1st 1310 MHz intermediate frequency
it amplifies and filters the converted signal and send it to IF and Distributor
module input
Diplexer Filter
The microwave Diplexer Filter includes the wave-guide microwave TX and RX
filters. It connects the TX output and the Front-End input to the antenna, filters the
received and transmitted signals and isolates the receiver from the RF Transmitter.
DC/DC converter
it receives the DC voltage from the protection module
it converts the input DC voltage in the DC voltages required by the different
modules the ODU consists of
it delivers the generated DC voltages to the IF and Distributor module which
provides to distribute them
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 3 ODU block diagram
(*)Present or absent according to versions
53-001A8-100/E
3 IDU-ODU INTERCONNECTION
The interconnection between IDU and ODU is carried out and consists of a single
bidirectional line carrying a composite signal comprising the radio signal (TX and RX),
an IDU-ODU auxiliary service channel and ODU power supply.
3.1 Radio signal
The IDU-ODU connection, as far as the transmission/reception of the radio signal is
concerned, consists of two IF signals:
320 MHz TFM modulated signal from IDU to ODU, for the transmission of the
signal to be transmitted through the radio equipment
70 MHz TFM modulated signal from IDU to ODU, for the transmission of the signal
received through the radio equipment.
The use of the 320 MHz and 70 MHz frequencies allows:
to optimize the IDU-ODU connecting cable length, attenuation and dimension
to minimize the filtering functions on both IDU and ODU
to minimize the interferences between the ODU TX and RX sections
to minimize the interference between the harmonics of the TX IF frequency and the
shifter frequencies
to obtain the dynamic interval required the AGC circuit both in IDU and ODU.
3.2 IDU/ODU service auxiliary channel
An auxiliary channel connects the IDU and ODU, carrying all the information required
for the correct equipment operation (alarms, data channel, speech channel, etc.). The
service connection between IDU and ODU is realized by means of two FSK modulated
sub-carriers, with 5.5 MHz and 6.5 MHz frequencies.
3.3 ODU power supply
The IDU-ODU interconnection cable also carries the secondary DC voltage for ODU
feeding, supplied by the corresponding IDU RTM unit. This unit also includes soft-start,
current limitation and open cable or short circuit cable alarm circuits.
53-001A8-100/E
4 PHYSICAL INTERFACES
4.1 Power supply
The IDU makes available, at the outside, a redundant input line for the connection of the
power supply batteries to the equipment.
4.2 Tributary signals
The IDU makes available, at the outside, 8 or 16 I/O lines for the 2 Mbit/s tributaries as
per G.703, with 75 Ohm unbalanced or 120 Ohm balanced interface.
4.3 User channel
The IDU makes available, at the outside, a 64 kbit/s synchronous data channel (V.11)
for applications defined by the user.
The SRA L system only executes a point-to-point channel carrying and it is absolutely
transparent to the channel contents.
The user channel can be configured in two different modes:
Contradirectional: clock associated with the input data stream originated by RTM
unit and it is delivered to an external equipment
Co-directional: clock associated with the input data stream originated by an
external equipment and delivered to RTM unit.
The user channel configuration is an action controlled through software, carried out by
the Controller unit.
4.4 V bus
The IDU makes available at the outside a 128 kbit/s data bus with burst mode (HDLC
frame), for the interconnection of the Controller unit to other Controller units of different
IDU assemblies located in the same site.
Up to 32 Controller units of different IDUs, can be interconnected through a daisy-chain
structure; V bus daisy chain kit or D channel distributor (available only if Q-Adapter is
non equipped) can be used for easy daisy chaining. The interconnection takes place by
means of a 120 Ohm, twisted-pairs cable (max. length 300 m). The V bus cable must be
correctly terminated by two 120 Ohm terminations, mounted at the two ends of the
cable.
4.5 PC channel (F interface)
The IDU makes available, at the outside, a 19.2 kbit/s asynchronous data channel
(standard RS-232C) for the connection to an external PC for the configuration,
presetting and local supervisory functions of the equipment.
During the equipment normal operating conditions, the connection to the service PC is
not required since the PC is only utilized in the setting at work and/or local maintenance
phase.
In the connection to the PC, the IDU is considered as DCE.
53-001A8-100/E
4.6 Q channel (option)
The IDU makes available, at the outside, a data channel for carrying the TMN
information of a radio sub-network towards a supervision center. This channel is made
available through the Q-Adapter unit; one only Q-Adapter unit is required in a whole SRA
L network.
The Q channel utilizes the Rec.ITU T Q.811 protocol and it is available on two different
electrical interfaces (X.21 and 10BASE2) in order to allow two different types of electrical
connections between the Q-Adapter unit and the supervision center.
In the case of X.21 interface, the IDU is considered as DTE and the connector, located
on IDU, can be configured by the software through the Controller unit.
4.7 D channel (option)
The IDU, when equipped with Q-Adapter Unit, makes available to the outside a 64 kbit/s
synchronous data channel (RS-485), constituting the repetition of internal D channel of
SRA L equipment.
The D channel utilizes a proprietary protocol and it is usually used to ensure the carrying
of the TMN information through one of the 2 Mbit/s streams managed by the SRA L
equipment (the D channel is built-in the 2 Mbit/s stream by means of Add/Drop actions).
By the software, the D channel can be addressed again on the output connector located
on IDU; in such a way, the D channel becomes available to a TMN local operator
(outside to the SRA L equipment) which obviously has to use the proprietary protocol.
In alternative to Q-Adapter Unit, the IDU can be equipped with D Channel Distributor
unit. In this case, the IDU makes available two D channels named "external", managed
by the Controller unit, which allow the connection of different SRA L equipments (e.g.,
SDH) to SRA L network TMN supervision center.
4.8 Alarm and remote control external lines (option)
The IDU is provided with an alarm interface delivering to the outside some signal lines
associated with the three main functions:
auxiliary supply voltage input port (function not strictly required for IDU standard
operation; if available, the auxiliary supply voltage allows a management of alarm
criteria even should the main power supply be faulty
NOTE The Q channel is available only if the IDU is equipped with
Q-Adapter unit.
NOTE The D channel is available only if the IDU is equipped with
Q-Adapter unit or, in alternative with the D Channel Distributor unit.
NOTE The alarm interface is available only if the IDU is equipped with
Alarm unit or Alarm and Fan unit.
53-001A8-100/E
transparent carrying, through a SRA L radio link, of up to four alarm/command lines
delivered to the outside (e.g., alarm of open door, smoke alarm, switching
commands, etc.)
sending of six output alarms relevant to the equipment status and of four output
command lines relevant to the local Controller unit.
4.9 EOW expansion channel (option)
The IDU makes available to the outside two EOW channel expansion which can be
utilized to connect the equipment EOW channel to two EOW channels of two radio
equipments located in the same site; these systems, however, must have the same
expansion structure of the EOW channel, utilized by SRA L equipment.
The two channel expansions are of 6-wire type (4-wire speech + E&M signaling) or
4-wire with DTMF.
The EOW channel expansion allows to realize a network with very large daisy-chain
structure, consisting of different equipments which share the same EOW channel; each
equipment has a speech number which is only for the whole network and can be
addressed by other network equipments.
4.10 Handset (option)
The IDU makes available, at the outside, a speech channel in the standard 2-wire
version for the connection to a handset the IDU local operator can use to speak with the
ODU external operator (POE) and/or the operators of the other equipments connected
to the same radio network.
4.11 Monitoring of received RF power
The ODU operator by means of a monitoring device (multimeter - not supplied as part
of the equipment), can measure the received radio signal field.
NOTE The EOW channel expansions is available only if the IDU is
equipped with EOW unit.
NOTE The access to the handset is available only if the IDU is equipped
with EOW unit.
53-001A8-100/E
5 LOOP-BACK
The following loop-back functions (see Fig. 4) are available for test purposes:
Local Loop-back (A)
Each 2 Mbit/s tributary stream can be looped back on Base Band unit at line
interface level.
Remote Loop-back (B)
In this case, every tributary stream can be looped back on the remote station. This
type of loop-back, when activated, allows the correct connection between two
stations to be checked.
Fig. 4 Loop-back functions
6 CONFIGURATIONS
The equipment configuration modes can be:
single terminal (see Fig. 5): (1+0)
double terminal (see Fig. 6): 2(1+0)
terminal with Hot-standby protection (see Fig. 7 and Fig. 8): (1+1) H/S
terminal with frequency-diversity or polarization diversity protection (see Fig. 9):
(1+1) FD/PD
repeater with tributary Add/Drop (see Fig. 10): A/D-RPT.
The single terminal configuration (1+0) needs only one RTM unit and the corresponding
ODU.
All the other configurations need two RTM units and two corresponding ODUs. The
2(1+0) configuration can only be activated for 22 Mbit/s, 42 Mbit/s (2TFM) and
82 Mbit/s (4TFM) capacities.
The (1+1) H/S configuration can be realised either with one antenna (see Fig. 7) or with
two antennas (see Fig. 8).
The A/D-RPT configuration allows up to a 100% of the add/drop capacity for 2x2 and
42 Mbit/s capacities (2 TFM) and up to 50% of the add-drop capacity for 82 Mbit/s
(2TFM). Up to a 100% of the add/drop capacity for 82 Mbit/s capacity (4TFM) and up
to 50% of the add-drop capacity for 162 Mbit/s (4TFM).
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 5 SRA L equipment: (1+0) configuration
Fig. 6 SRA L equipment: 2(1+0) configuration
(*)Optional
(**)With Q-Adapter unit only
(*)Optional
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 7 SRA L equipment: (1+1) H/S 1 antenna configuration
Fig. 8 SRA L equipment: (1+1) H/S 2 antennas configuration
(*)Optional
(*)Optional
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 9 SRA L equipment: (1+1) FD configuration
Fig. 10 SRA L equipment: A/D-RPT configuration
(*)Optional
(*)Optional
53-001A8-100/E
7 PROTECTION
The SRA L system protection in (1+1) configurations guarantees, when possible,
continuity of the connection between the two radio terminals when the following
conditions occur:
hardware failure
link quality degradation.
Fig. 11 shows the SRA L system protection general diagram where A and B substitute
generic hardware RX functions and C and D substitute generic hardware TX functions.
As understandable from the diagram, the system reliability mainly depends on the
reliability of the two terminal elements (splitter and switch). Therefore these elements
are built using simple and passive components, with a high MTBF.
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 11 Protection general diagram
53-001A8-100/E
7.1 RX protection
Inside RX the protection is managed by:
hitless protection logic, it controls the hitless switches of the RTM units
hardware protection logic, it controls the RX hardware switches of the RTM units.
The hitless switches are driven by a logic based on detected alarms and they allow an
error free protection in the presence of some conditions. Both RX sections receive the
same aggregate signal; this operation assures to the hitless switches the necessary bit
to bit alignment for all the (1+1) configurations.
The hitless switches protect against failures of the RF section and of the A sub-units
while the RX hardware switches protect only against hardware failures of the B
sub-units.
When a unit containing one switch is not supplied, the switch itself switches
automatically on the disabled status in such a way to avoid interferences with the signal
that is passing on the other route.
Fig. 12 shows the RX protection architecture.
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 12 RX protection
53-001A8-100/E
7.2 TX protection
Inside TX the protection is managed by the hardware protection logic controlling the TX
hardware switches of the RTM units, the RF switches and the squelch of the RF
transmitters of the ODUs.
When a unit containing one switch is not supplied, the switch itself switches
automatically on the disabled status in such a way to avoid interferences with the signal
that is passing on the other route.
The functioning of the TX hardware protection logic depends on the system
configuration.
7.2.1 TX protection in (1+1) configuration at frequency/polarization
diversity
In (1+1) configuration at frequency/polarization diversity, the protection is realised at
base-band level by means of the TX hardware switches of the RTM units, such switches
forward the same aggregate signal to the RF sections.
This configuration is not equipped with a priority unit. When an alarm occurs, the system
switches from one unit to another one and the new unit remains active also after the
suppression of the alarm causes (irreversible mode).
Fig. 13 shows the architecture of the TX protection in (1+1) configuration at frequency
diversity.
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 13 TX protection in frequency diversity configuration
53-001A8-100/E
7.2.2 TX protection in (1+1) Hot-Standby configuration
In (1+1) configuration Hot-Standby, the protection is realised at RF level by means of
the RF switches or by means of the squelch of the RF transmitters. The TX hardware
switches of the RTM unit are not used.
If a local alarm occurs on ODU, the commands for the RF switches and for the squelch
of the RF transmitters are directly generated inside the ODUs.
This configuration provides a main RTM-ODU line that has priority with respect to the
secondary line. If no alarm has occurred or if alarms with equivalent seriousness have
occurred on both lines (reversible mode), the priority line is always active.
The priority depends on the physical position of the RTM units.
When an alarm occurs, the system switches from the main line to the secondary one.
Before executing the switching operation, it is checked the status of the RF transmitter
failure alarm (TX PWR ALM). Such an alarm defines the resetting modes of the
protection logic:
if the TX PWR ALM alarm is active, the protection logic is in irreversible mode, that
is the secondary line remains operative till when the operator does not force
manually on line the main line (after having executed the removal of the alarm
causes)
if the TX PWR ALM alarm is deactivated, the protection logic is in reversible mode,
that is the secondary line remains operative till when an alarm is present on the
main line. When the alarm causes are removed, the system switches automatically
on the main line.
In (1+1) configuration Hot-Standby, it is then checked the transmission RF power of the
main line and of the secondary one. The following different cases of TX protection in
Hot-Standby configuration are possible:
TX protection in (1+1) configuration Hot-Standby with RF switch and one antenna
(refer to Fig. 14)
The protection is realised by means of the RF switches of the ODUs.
In this configuration, the secondary line is coupled to the main one with a
decreasing caused by the coupling loss (set via software CL = 10 dB). The RF
switch open, then, insert an additional decreasing caused by the insertion loss.
TX protection in (1+1) configuration Hot-Standby with RF switch and two antennas
(refer to Fig. 15)
The protection is realised by means of the RF switches of the ODUs. In this
configuration, no coupling exists between the two lines; the coupling loss is then
null (set via software CL = 0 dB). The RF switch open, then, insert a decreasing
caused by the insertion loss.
TX protection in (1+1) configuration Hot-Standby without RF switch and with one
antenna (refer to Fig. 16)
The protection is realised by means of the squelch of the RF transmitters of the
ODUs.
In this configuration, the secondary line is coupled to the main one with an
attenuation caused by the coupling loss (set via software CL = 0 dB).
TX protection in (1+1) configuration Hot-Standby without RF switch and with two
antennas (refer to Fig. 17)
The protection is realised by means of the squelch of the RF transmitters of the
ODUs. In this configuration, no coupling exists between the two lines so it is
inserted a decreasing on the secondary line (set via software CL = 15 dB).
53-001A8-100/E
7.3 Hardware protection logic
The hardware protection logic protects the system against hardware failures of the IDU
and of the ODU as in TX as in RX. The RTM unit is doubled in such a way to keep the
system functionality when a unit failure occurs or when the unit has to be replaced for
maintenance. The hardware protection logic creates the following commands:
HW SW CMD: these commands control at the same time the TX and RX hardware
switches of the RTM units
RF SW CMD: these commands control the RF switches of the ODUs
RF SQ CMD: these commands control the squelch of the RF transmitters of the
ODUs.
In (1+1) configuration at frequency diversity, it is used only the HW SW CMD command,
while in (1+1) configuration Hot-Standby the HW SW CMD command is used only in RX
and not in TX. In RX, the protection is realised by means of the control of the RX
switches of the RTM units.
In TX, the protection is realised by means of the control of:
the TX switches of the RTM units, in case of (1+1) configuration at frequency
diversity
the RF switches of the ODUs, in case of (1+1) configuration Hot-Standby with RF
switches
the squelch of the RF transmitters of the ODUs, in case of (1+1) configuration
Hot-Standby without RF switches.
In automatic functioning mode, the hardware protection logic creates the switching
commands according to the following signals:
Loc TX HW ALM: summarised alarm of the TX sections of the local ODU and of the
local RTM unit
Rem TX HW ALM: summarised alarm of the TX sections of the remote ODU and
of the remote RTM unit
Loc RX HW ALM: summarised alarm of the RX section of the local RTM unit
Rem RX HW ALM: summarised alarm of the RX section of the remote RTM unit
Loc HW SW CMD: status signal of the local system. This signal comes from the
local logic and it is necessary to have the switching without priority in (1+1)
configuration at frequency diversity
Rem HW SW CMD: status signal of the remote system. This signal comes from the
remote logic and it is necessary to have the switching without priority in (1+1)
configuration at frequency diversity
Slot Sense: signal based upon the physical position of the RTM unit. It identifies
the priority level of the unit in case of conflict.
It is possible to force manually the hardware protection logic by means of software
presetting.
The forcing action status can be:
normality: no forcing action
RTM unit 1 forced on line
RTM unit 2 forced on line.
53-001A8-100/E
7.4 Hitless protection logic
The hitless protection logic allows an error free protection in the RX section.
The logic creates the HL SW CMD commands controlling the hitless switches of the
RTM units.
In automatic functioning mode, the hitless protection logic creates the switching
commands according to the following alarms of the local and remote radio channels:
Loc ODU ALM: summarised alarm coming from the corresponding ODU
Loc HL ALM: summarised alarm coming from the local RX hitless section
Loc DEM ALM: summarised alarm coming from the local IF-DEM section
Loc HIGH EW ALM: alarm of High Early Warning condition coming from the local
FEC
Loc LOW EW ALM: alarm of Low Early Warning condition coming from the local
FEC
Rem HIGH ALM: summarised alarm coming from the remote system; it is the OR
of the ODU ALM, DEM ALM and HL ALM remote alarms
Rem HIGH EW ALM: alarm of High Early Warning condition coming from the
remote FEC
Rem LOW EW ALM: alarm of Low Early Warning condition coming from the remote
FEC.
The alarms are subdivided into different classes according to the seriousness level.
In automatic functioning mode, the protection logic allows the passage of the channel
with the least serious alarm.
It is possible to force manually the hitless protection logic by means of:
the push-button present on the frontal panel of the Controller unit
the software presetting.
The forcing action status can be:
normality (no forcing action)
channel 1 forced on line
channel 2 forced on line
channel 1 forced on RTM 1 and channel 2 forced on RTM 2 (only via software).
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 14 TX protection in Hot-Standby configuration with RF switch and one antenna
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 15 TX protection in Hot-Standby configuration with RF switch and two antennas
53-001A8-100/E
Fig. 16 TX protection in Hot-Standby configuration without RF switch and with one antenna
53-001A8-100/E
FINE
Fig. 17 TX protection in Hot-Standby configuration without RF switch and with two antennas
SRA L
Technical characteristics
53-001A8-101/E
Technical characteristics SRA L
53-001A8-101/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Technical characteristics
53-001A8-101/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 General characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Transmitter characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.3 Receiver characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.4 Characteristics of 2 Mbit/s tributary interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.5 Characteristics of channel auxiliary interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.5.1 PC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.5.2 V bus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.5.3 User channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.5.4 D Channel2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.5.5 Q Channel3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.5.6 Handset channel5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.5.7 EOW expansion channel1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.6 Alarm interface characteristics1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.7 Power supply characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.7.1 Typical Consumptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3 MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
6 ANTENNA CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
53-001A8-101/E
Illustrations
Fig. 1 Block diagram of TX RF side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fig. 2 Mask of the RF signal for 22 Mbit/s capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fig. 3 Mask of the RF signal for 42 Mbit/s capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fig. 4 Mask of the RF signal for 82 Mbit/s capacity (2TFM & 4TFM). . . . . . . . . . 11
Fig. 5 Mask of the RF signal for 162 Mbit/s capacity (4TFM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Fig. 6 Block diagram of RX RF side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fig. 7 Shape of 2 Mbit/s tributary interface output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Fig. 8 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for IDU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fig. 9 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for IDU equipped with
Alarm and Fan unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fig. 10 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for ODU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fig. 11 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for IDU-ODU storage. . . . . . . . . . . 23
53-001A8-101/E
1 GENERAL
In this document, the main electrical, mechanical and environmental characteristics are
set down of the SRA L digital radio equipment.
2 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
2.1 General characteristics
Modulation format 3CFIT32
1)
or
4 level GTFM (16x2)
Demodulation differential with Viterbi decoding
Transmission capacity 22 Mbit/s, 42 Mbit/s, 82, 162Mbit/s
Bit rate of the transmitted
aggregate signal:
22 Mbit/s 4.864 Mbit/s
RF band [GHz]:
Channel arrangement:
22 Mbit/s 3.5 MHz
42 Mbit/s 7 MHz
82 Mbit/s 14 MHz (13.75)
162 Mbit/s 28 MHz (27.5)
_____________________________
1) The 3CFIT32 modulation format is a proprietary modification of the GTFM format
(Generalized Tamed Frequency Modulation) and it belongs to the CPFSK
(Continuous Phase Frequency Shift Keying) modulation schemes family.
7 GHz 8 GHz 10.5 GHz 13 GHz 15 GHz
7.1...7.9. 8.2...8.5 10.5...10.7 12.75...13.25 14.4...15.35
18 GHZ 23 GHz 26 GHz 38 GHz
17.7...19.7 21.2...23.6 24.5...26.5 37...39.5
53-001A8-101/E
Nominal system gain
(BER = 10
-6
)[dB]
1)
:
_________________________________
1) For equipments in (1+1) Hot-Standby 1 antenna configuration from 2.5 dB to
3.5 dB, depending on RF band, additional loss has to be considered due to the RF
splitters.
22 Mbit/s (2TFM) 114.5 114.5 110.5 110.5 110
42 Mbit/s (2TFM) 111.5 111.5 107.5 107.5 107
82 Mbit/s (2TFM) 108.5 108.5 104.5 104.5 104
82 Mbit/s (4TFM) 108.5 108.5 104.5 104.5 104
162 Mbit/s (4TFM) 105.5 105.5 101.5 101.5 101
18 GHz 23 GHz 26 GHz 38 GHz
22 Mbit/s (2TFM) 107.5 107 106.5 104.5
42 Mbit/s (2TFM) 104.5 104 103.5 101.5
82 Mbit/s (2TFM) 101.5 101 100.5 98.5
82 Mbit/s (4TFM) 101.5 101 100.5 98.5
162 Mbit/s (4TFM) 98.5 98 97.5 95.5
53-001A8-101/E
Nominal system gain
(BER = 10
-3
)[dB]
1)
:
_________________________________
1) For equipments in (1+1) Hot-Standby 1 antenna configuration from 2.5 dB to
3.5 dB, depending on RF band, additional loss has to be considered due to the RF
splitters.
22 Mbit/s (2TFM) 116.5 116.5 112.5 112.5 112
42 Mbit/s (2TFM) 113.5 113.5 109.5 109 109
82 Mbit/s (2TFM) 110.5 110.5 106.5 106 106
82 Mbit/s (4TFM) 110.5 110.5 106.5 106.5 106
162 Mbit/s (4TFM) 107.5 107.5 103.5 103.5 103
22 Mbit/s (2TFM) 109.5 109 108.5 106.5
42 Mbit/s (2TFM) 106.5 106 105.5 103.5
82 Mbit/s (2TFM) 103.5 103 102.5 100.5
82 Mbit/s (4TFM) 103.5 103 102.5 100.5
162 Mbit/s (4TFM) 100.5 100 99.5 97.5
53-001A8-101/E
Shifter frequency (F
s
) [MHz]:
Tuning range: see "ODU frequency tables"of document
"Equipment composition"
2.2 Transmitter characteristics
The following characteristics refer to points set down in Fig. 1. Unless otherwise stated,
the RF parameters have to be understood having been measured at point C' and valid
for the temperature range defined in par. 4.
Fig. 1 Block diagram of TX RF side
Nominal output power [dBm]:
7 GHz 8 GHz 10.5 GHz 13 GHz 15 GHz 18 GHz
154
161
245
148.5
126 91 266 315
336
420
490
644
714
728
120
340
1010
1560
23 GHz 26 GHz 38 GHz
1008
1200
1232
1008 1260
P
NOM
[dBm] 24 24 20 20 20
P
NOM
[dBm] 18 18 18 17
53-001A8-101/E
Output power regulation [dB]:
Output power
squelched condition mode -50 dBm in 1MHz BW up to
21.2 GHz
-30 dBm in 1MHz BW from
21.2 GHz to110 GHz
TX frequency tolerance 3 ppm
Tuning step 250 kHz
Output signal spectral
power density:
22 Mbit/s see mask of Fig. 2
42 Mbit/s see mask of Fig. 3
82 Mbit/s (2TFM & 4TFM) see mask of Fig. 4
162 Mbit/s (4TFM) see mask of Fig. 5
External spurious emission according to ITU-R SM 329 Rec. SM 329
Return loss 15 dB
____________
1) Varying the the attenuation, the tolerance changes, with linear function.
7 GHz 8 GHz 10.5
GHz
13 GHz
Attenuation value [dBm]: 0...24 0...24 0...24 0...24
Accuracy [dB]
1)
0...2 0...2 0...2 0...2
15 GHz 18 GHz 23 GHz 26 GHz 38 GHz
Attenuation value [dBm]: 0...24 0...24 0...24 0...20 0...20
Accuracy [dB]
1)
0...2 0...2 0...2 0...2 0...2
53-001A8-101/E
Fig. 2 Mask of the RF signal for 22 Mbit/s capacity
Fig. 3 Mask of the RF signal for 42 Mbit/s capacity
53-001A8-101/E
Fig. 4 Mask of the RF signal for 82 Mbit/s capacity (2TFM & 4TFM)
Fig. 5 Mask of the RF signal for 162 Mbit/s capacity (4TFM)
53-001A8-101/E
2.3 Receiver characteristics
The following characteristics refer to the points set down in Fig. 6. Unless otherwise
stated, the RF parameters have to be understood as measures at point C and valid for
the temperature range defined in par. 4.
Fig. 6 Block diagram of RX RF side
Max. input power for
BER = 10
-10
-20 dBm
Max. input power to prevent from
permanent damaging -10 dBm
1IF RX frequency 1310 MHz
2IF RX frequency 70 MHz
Image rejection 90 dB
53-001A8-101/E
Nominal threshold
(at 25C, BER=10
-6
) [dBm]:
22 Mbit/s
(2TFM)
-90.5 -90.5 -90.5 -90.5 -90
42 Mbit/s
(2TFM)
-87.5 -87.5 -87.5 -87.5 -87
82 Mbit/s
(2TFM)
-84.5 -84.5 -84.5 -84.5 -84
82 Mbit/s
(4TFM)
-84.5 -84.5 -84.5 -84.5 -84
162 Mbit/s
(4TFM)
-81.5 -81.5 -81.5 -81.5 -81
22 Mbit/s
(2TFM)
-89.5 -89 -88.5 -87.5
42 Mbit/s
(2TFM)
-86.5 -86 -85.5 -84.5
82 Mbit/s
(2TFM
-83.5 -83 -82.5 -81.5
82 Mbit/s
(4TFM)
-83.5 -83 -82.5 -81.5
162 Mbit/s
(4TFM)
-80.5 -80 -79.5 -78.5
53-001A8-101/E
Nominal threshold (at 25C, BER=10
-3
) [dBm]:
22 Mbit/s
(2TFM)
-92.5 -92.5 -92.5 -92.5 -92
42 Mbit/s
(2TFM)
-89.5 -89.5 -89.5 -89.5 -89
82 Mbit/s
(2TFM
-86.5 -86.5 -86.5 -86.5 -86
82 Mbit/s
(4TFM)
-86.5 -86.5 -86.5 -86.5 -86
162 Mbit/s
(4TFM)
-83.5 -83.5 -83.5 -83.5 -83
22 Mbit/s
(2TFM)
-91.5 -91 -90.5 -82.5
42 Mbit/s
(2TFM)
-88.5 -88 -87.5 -84.5
82 Mbit/s
(2TFM
-85.5 -85 -84.5 -81.5
82 Mbit/s
(4TFM)
-85.5 -85 -84.5 -81.5
162 Mbit/s
(4TFM)
82.5 -82 -81.5 -78.5
53-001A8-101/E
Background BER
1)
10
-11
Sensitivity with co-channel
interference
2)
S/I 23 dB
Sensitivity with adjacent
channel interference
(single step)
2) 3)
S/I 0 dB
Sensitivity with spurious CW
interference
4)
S/CW -30 dB
___________
1) Min. recording time: 48 hours for 22 Mbit/s (max. 10 errors), 24 hours for
42 Mbit/s (max. 10 errors), 12 hours for 82 Mbit/s (max. 10 errors).
2) For a receiver working at BER threshold 10
-6
in absence of interferer signals, the
introduction of a single interfering signal does not cause a decrease of the
threshold level greater than 1 dB. The measurement point is B.
3) The single step spacings of adjacent channels are:
- 22 Mbit/s: 3.5 MHz
- 42 Mbit/s: 7 MHz
- 82 Mbit/s: 14 MHz (13.75 MHz)
- 162 Mbit/s: 28 MHz (27.5 MHz)
4) For a receiver working at BER threshold 10
-6
, the introduction of a CW interfering
signal on every frequency in the range 0.3 to 60 GHz, excluding the side
frequencies of the wanted frequency up to twice the channel spacing, shall not
result in a BER greater than 10
-5
.
53-001A8-101/E
2.4 Characteristics of 2 Mbit/s tributary interface
The tributary interface can be at 75 Ohm or 120 Ohm.
Bit rate 2048 kbit/s 50 ppm
Code HDB3
Pulse shape see Fig. 7
Load impedance 75 Ohm o 120 Ohm
Nominal peak voltage of
a mark (pulse):
75 Ohm 2.37 V
120 Ohm 3 V
Nominal peak voltage of
a "space" (no pulse)
75 Ohm 0 0.237 V
120 Ohm 0 0.3 V
Nominal pulse length 244 ns
Max. peak-to-peak jitter of
RX AIS signal 5
Output return loss 10 dB,
for f = 51.2 to 3072 kHz
Input return loss:
f = 51 to 102 kHz 18 dB
f = 102 to 2048 kHz 24 dB
f = 2048 to 3072 kHz 20 dB
53-001A8-101/E
Fig. 7 Shape of 2 Mbit/s tributary interface output signal
2.5 Characteristics of channel auxiliary interfaces
2.5.1 PC channel
Channel type 19.2 kbit/s asynchronous data channel
Electrical interface
1)
RS-232C
_________________
1) The IDU is considered as DCE.
53-001A8-101/E
2.5.2 V bus
Channel type 128 kbit/s data bus with burst mode
(HDLC frame)
Electrical interface proprietary
2.5.3 User channel
Channel type
1)
64 kbit/s synchronous data channel
Interfaccia elettrica V.11
2.5.4 D Channel
2)
Channel type 64 kbit/s synchronous data channel
Electrical interface RS-485
2.5.5 Q Channel
3)
Protocol Rec. ITU T Q.811
Electrical interface
4)
X.21 or Ethernet IEEE 802-3
(10 BASE2)
2.5.6 Handset channel
5)
Number of expansions 2
Speech channel characteristics
Connection type 2-wires
Input impedance 375 Ohm nominal
Nominal load impedance 600 Ohm balanced
Nominal input level (TX) 0 dBr
Nominal output level (RX) -4 dBr 1 dB or -7 dBr 1 dB
Return loss as to 600 Ohm load 18 dB (300 to 3400 Hz)
Supply voltage output -25 V 2 V
Loop current (OFF-HOOK) 20 mA nominal
(loop resistance 0 to 600 Ohm)
_____________
1) The user channel can be configured (by software) as codirectional or
counter-directional.
2) Channel available only if the IDU is equipped with Q-Adapter unit or in alternative
D Channel Distributor unit.
3) Channel available only if the IDU is equipped with Q-Adapter unit.
4) The Q-Adapter unit makes available both interfaces. Should interface X.21 be
utilized, the SRA L equipment is considered as DTE.
5) Channel available only if the IDU is equipped with EOW unit.
53-001A8-101/E
2.5.7 EOW expansion channel
1)
Number of expansions 2
Speech signal characteristics
Connection type 4-wires (TX+RX)
Input/output impedance 600 Ohm balanced
Nominal input level -10 dBr
Nominal output level -10 dBr 1 dB
Return loss with 600 Ohm load 14 dB (300 to 3400 Hz)
Absolute group delay at min.
group delay frequency
(with -10 dBm0 input power) 600 s
Idle channel noise (input/output port
terminated at nominal impedance) -65 dBm0p
Single frequency noise -50 dBm0p
Isolation between input/output port
(f 100 kHz) 25 dB
E&M-wire circuits common characteristics
Operation type disconnected loop
Activation condition ground/open circuit
Signalling frequency 10 Hz 2 Hz o 20 Hz 2 Hz
Duty cycle 50%/50% o 60%/40%
M-wire equivalent circuit:
Open circuit (-3 V to +2 V) battery with 60 kOhm
series resistance
Closed circuit (-3 V to +2 V) battery with 200 Ohm
series resistance
E-wire circuit characteristics:
R(ON) max. 30 Ohm
Residual voltage in closed
conditions -2 V
Nominal current delivered in
closed 50 mA
Max. delivered current 80 mA I
source
100 mA
Sinking current in open
conditions -200 A I
sink
0 A
Continuous applied voltage -72 V
___________
1) Channel available only if the IDU is equipped with EOW unit.
53-001A8-101/E
2.6 Alarm interface characteristics
1)
Input ports
The following two states can be taken by each port of the input line:
Grounded input
The port detects this condition should the input line be connected to a DC
voltage generator in the range from -3 V to +2 V through a 0 to 200 Ohm
resistance. The input port current fluctuation ranges between 1 and 15 mA.
No sinking current is present at input port.
Open input
The port detects this condition should the input line be connected to a DC
voltage generator in the range from -3 V to + 2 V through a 60 kOhm
resistance.
Every input port can be directly connected to every output port.
Output ports
The following two states can be taken by each port of the output line:
Open output
The equivalent input resistance to local ground is 1 MOhm; should a -75 V
voltage be applied to the output port in open state, the max. sinking current
is 0.1 mA.
Grounded output
The equivalent input resistance to the local ground is 25 Ohm for a 40 mA
sinking current.
The output port ground is connected to +V AUX voltage which, can be
connected to IDU internal ground by a jumper.
2.7 Power supply characteristics
Power supply voltage -38.4 V to -72 V from station batteries
Max. permitted inverse continuous
voltage 100 V
Max. load current
(at -48 VDC nominal input voltage) 2 A
5 A with ODU pre-heather (-50C option)
2.7.1 Typical Consumptions
IDU full equipped 46.5 W
ODU 18 W
ODU with operating preheater 85 W
_____________
1) Interface available only if the IDU is equipped with the Alarm unit or Alarm and Fan
unit.
53-001A8-101/E
3 MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The IDU can be arranged for the location, by means of two different supporting brackets,
in standard ETSI or 19" racks.
The IDU mechanical characteristics are:
height 2 U (standard 19")
width 450 mm
depth 240 mm
weight (full equipped) 6 kg
The ODU is arranged for pole mounting. On customer request, it can be delivered with
antenna.
The ODU mechanical characteristics are:
height 119.4 mm
width 266 mm
depth 266 mm
weight 6 kg
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
The equipment complies with ETSI ETS 300 019 Rec. (Feb. 1992). IDU meets the
following ETSI classes:
Transport ETS 300 019-1-2 Class 2.3
Stationary utilization ETS 300 019-1-3 Class 3.2
the temperature/humidity characteristics excepted, for which the climatic diagram of
Fig. 8 is valid.
For applications requiring, as far as the IDU is concerned, a wide temperature range, an
optional unit provided with fans can be utilized (Alarm and Fan unit)
In this case, the above ETSI classes are still valid, the temperature/humidity
characteristics excepted, for which the climatic diagram of Fig. 9 is valid.
ODU meets the following ETSI classes:
Transport ETS 300 019-1-2 Class 2.3
Stationary utilization ETS 300 019-1-3 Class 4.1
the temperature/humidity characteristics excepted, for which the climatic diagram of Fig.
10 is valid.
As far as the storage conditions are concerned, IDU and ODU meet ETSI ETS
300-019-1-1 REC. Class 1.2, the temperature/humidity characteristics excepted, for
which the climatic diagram of Fig. 11 is valid.
53-001A8-101/E
Fig. 8 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for IDU
Fig. 9 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for IDU equipped with
Alarm and Fan unit
53-001A8-101/E
Fig. 10 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for ODU
Fig. 11 Temperature/humidity climatic diagram for IDU-ODU storage
53-001A8-101/E
5 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY
The equipment complies with the requirements of ETSI ETS 300-385 Rec.,namely:
Radiation emission as per EN55022, Class B
Immunity against electrostatic discharges as per IEC 801-2, Class 4
Immunity against fast electric transients/bursts as per IEC 802-4, Class 3, criterion
1
Immunity against fluctuations as per IEC 1000-4-5, Class 2, criterion 2.
6 ANTENNA CHARACTERISTICS
The antenna (optional) is available in the following different diameters, according
to hop length:
120 cm diam. antenna (standard antenna)
60 cm diam. antenna (slim antenna)
Every antenna type is equipped with single polarization center hub; the polarization
change takes place by rotating the center hub by 90. Every antenna is directly
connected to the relevant antenna-ODU supporting frame.
The main antenna characteristics follow:
Ambient temperature range -50 to +60C
Relative humidity 0 100%
Max. wind speed with assured
operation 115 km/h
Max. wind speed with assured
antenna integrity 200 km/h
Mounting pole mount, for 50 to 115 mm diam.
Fine adjustment:
Azimuth 7
Elevation -5 +50o +5 -50
Crossed polarization optimization 5
53-001A8-101/E
Frequency range [MHz]:
120 cm reflector:
7 GHz 8 GHz 10.5 GHz 13 GHz
7125
to
7900
8275
to
8500
10500
to
10700
12700
to
13250
14400
to
15350
17700
to
19700
21200
to
23600
24500
to
26500
37000
to
40000
7 GHz 8 GHz 10.5
GHz
Gain 36.5
dBi
at
7515
MHz
37.5
dBi
at
8387.5
MHz
40.2
dBi
at
10600
MHz
Front to back
ratio
64 dB
180
80
64 dB
180
80
65 dB
180
80
Crossed
polarization
discrimination
32 dB 32 dB 34 dB
HPBW 224' 212' 131'
V.S.W.R. 1.17:1
( 22.0
dB)
1.17:1
( 22.0
dB)
1.17:1
( 22.0
dB)
Wave-guide
type
WR112
(R84)
WR112
(R84)
WR90
(R100)
Weight ((1+0)
antenna and
supporting
frame)
65 kg 65 kg 65 kg
53-001A8-101/E
120 cm reflector:
Gain 41.6
dBi
at
12975
MHz
42.5
dBi
at
14875
MHz
44.5
dBi
at
18700
MHz
46.2
dBi
at
22400
MHz
Front to back ratio 67 dB
180
80
70 dB
180
60
66 dB
180
60
72 dB
180
60
Crossed
polarization
discrimination
32 dB 32 dB 32 dB 32 dB
HPBW 120' 112' 1 048'
V.S.W.R. 1.17:1
( 22.0
dB)
1.17:1
( 22.0
dB)
1.17:1
( 22.0
dB)
1.17:1
( 22.0
dB)
Wave-guide type WR75
(R120)
WR62
(R140)
WR42
(R220)
WR42
(R220)
Weight ((1+0)
antenna and
supporting frame)
65 kg 65 kg 65 kg 65 kg
53-001A8-101/E
60 cm reflector:
10.5
GHz
Gain 34.5
dBi
at
10600
MHz
36.4
dBi
at
12975
MHz
36.9
dBi
at
14875
MHz
38.9
dBi
at
18700
MHz
40.3
dBi
at
22400
MHz
180
80
62 dB
180
80
64 dB
180
80
66 dB
180
80
66 dB
180
80
Crossed
polarization
discrimination
34 dB 35 dB 35 dB 35 dB 32 dB
HPBW 250' 232' 215' 154' 136'
V.S.W.R. 1.17:1
( 22
dB)
1.17:1
( 22
dB)
1.2:1
( 20.8
dB)
1.2:1
( 20.8
dB)
1.2:1
( 20.8
dB)
(R100)
WR75
(R120)
WR62
(R140)
WR42
(R220)
WR42
(R220)
Weight ((1+0)
antenna and
supporting frame)
28 kg 28 kg 28 kg 28 kg 28 kg
53-001A8-101/E
60 cm reflector:
26 GHz 38 GHz
Gain 40.9
dBi
at
25500
MHz
44.5
dBi
at
38500
MHz
180
80
62 dB
180
80
Crossed
polarization
discrimination
32 dB 32 dB
HPBW 124' 1
V.S.W.R. 1.2:1
( 20.8
dB)
1.2:1
( 20.8
dB)
(R220)
WR28
(R320)
Weight ((1+0)
antenna and
supporting frame)
28 kg 28 kg
53-001A8-101/E
30 cm reflector:
Gain 31.5
dBi
at 14875
MHz
33.7
dBi at
18700
MHz
35.4
dBi
at 22400
MHz
36.3
dBi at
25500
MHz
39.9
dBi at
38500
MHz
Front to
back ratio
52 dB
180
20
54 dB
180
20
61 dB
180
20
62 dB
180
70
64 dB
180
80
Crossed
polarization
discrimination
32 dB 32 dB 32 dB 32 dB 32 dB
HPBW 4 330' 245' 225' 135'
V.S.W.R. 1.2:1
( 20.8
dB)
1.2:1
( 20.8
dB)
1.2:1
( 20.8
dB)
1.2:1
( 20.8
dB)
1.2:1
( 20.8
dB)
(R140)
WR42
(R220)
WR42
(R220)
WR42
(R220)
WR28
(R320)
Weight ((1+0)
antenna and
supporting
frame)
11 kg 11 kg 11 kg 11 kg 11 kg
53-001A8-101/E
24 cm reflector:
FINE
23 GHz 26 GHz 38 GHz
Gain 30.8
dBi
at 22400
MHz
32.3
dBi at
25500
MHz
36.1
dBi at
38500
MHz
Front to
back ratio
57 dB
180
70
58 dB
180
70
62 dB
180
70
Crossed
polarization
discrimination
34 dB 32 dB 32 dB
HPBW 410' 340' 250'
V.S.W.R. 1.17:1
( 22.0
dB)
1.17:1
( 22.0
dB)
1.17:1
( 22.0
dB)
(R220)
WR42
(R220)
WR28
(R320)
Weight ((1+0)
antenna and
supporting
frame)
9 kg 9 kg 9 kg
SRA L
Equipment composition
53-001A8-102/E
Equipment composition SRA L
53-001A8-102/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Equipment composition
53-001A8-102/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2 COMPOSITION OF SRA L EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1 System configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.2 Composition of SRA L equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2.1 Composition of SRA L/7 eq., P/N 732-001/07
and P/N 732-021/07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
and P/N 732-021/08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
and P/N 732-021/10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2.4 Composition of SRA L/13 eq, P/N 732-001/13
and P/N 732-021/13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
and P/N 732-021/15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
and P/N 732-021/18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
and P/N 732-021/23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
and P/N 732-021/26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
and P/N 732-021/38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3 IDU COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4 ODU IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
53-001A8-102/E
4/70 Issue1, September 1999
Illustrations
Fig. 1 (1+0) integrated system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fig. 2 (1+0) not integrated system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fig. 3 2(1+0) or A/D-RPT integrated system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Fig. 4 2(1+0) or A/D-RPT not integrated system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fig. 5 (1+1) integrated system with 2 antennas, single polarization . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fig. 6 (1+1) not integrated system with 2 antennas, single polarization . . . . . . . . 32
Fig. 7 (1+1) not integrated system with 1 antenna, single polarization . . . . . . . . . 33
Fig. 8 (1+1) not integrated system with 1 antenna, double polarization. . . . . . . . . 34
Fig. 9 IDU composition (P/N 732-101/11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fig. 10 IDU composition (P/N 732-101/01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
53-001A8-102/E
Tables
Tab. 1 System configurations for SRA L eq. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Tab. 2 SRA L/7 eq. in (1+0) configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Tab. 3 SRA L/7 eq. in 2(1+0), A/D-RPT,
(1+1) FD, (1+1) PD and (1+1) H/S 2 antennas configuration . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Tab. 4 SRA L/7 eq. in (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD and
(1+1) H/S 1 antenna configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Tab. 5 SRA L/8 eq. in (1+0) configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Tab. 7 SRA L/8 eq. in (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD
and (1+1) H/S 1 antenna configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Tab. 8 SRA L/10 eq. in (1+0) configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Tab. 15 SRA L/15 eq. in 2(1+0), A/D-RPT,(1+1) FD, (1+1) PD
and (1+1) H/S 2 antennas configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Tab. 18 SRA L/18 eq. in 2(1+0),
A/D-RPT, (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD and (1+1) H/S 2 antennas configuration. . . 20
Tab. 21 SRA L/23 eq. in 2(1+0), A/D-RPT, (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD
Tab. 22 SRA L/23 in (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD
Tab. 24 SRA L/26 eq. in 2(1+0), A/D-RPT, (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD
53-001A8-102/E
and (1+1) H/S 1 antenna configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Tab. 29 IDU composition P/N 732-101/11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Tab. 30 IDU composition P/N 732-101/01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Tab. 31 ODU frequency table P/N 732-201/7B,7C -
P/N 732-221/7B,7C). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
P/N 732-221/07B,07C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
P/N 732-221/07B,07C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
P/N 732-221/07B,07C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
P/N 732-221/07B,07C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
P/N 732-221/07B,07C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
P/N 732-221/07B,07C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
P/N 732-221/07B,07C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
P/N 732-221/07B,07C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
P/N 732-221/08B,08C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
P/N 732-221/08B,08C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
P/N 732-221/08B,08C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
P/N 732-221/08B,08C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
P/N 732-221/10B,10C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
P/N 732-221/10B,10C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Tab. 34 ODU frequency table P/N 732-201/13B,13C - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P/N 732-221/13B,13C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
P/N 732-221/15B,15C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
732-221/15B,15C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
732-221/15B,15C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/15B,15C (continue). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
732-221/15B,15C (continue). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
732-221/18B,18C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
732-221/18B,18C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
732-221/18B,18C (continue). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
732-221/18B,18C (continue). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
732-221/18B,18C (continue). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Tab. 40 ODU frequency table P/N 732-201/23B, 23C -
732-221/23B, 23C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Tab. 40 ODU frequency P/N 732-201/23B, 23C -
732-221/23B, 23C (continue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
732-221/26B, 26C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
P/N 732-221/38B, 38C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
53-001A8-102/E
1 GENERAL
This document lists and shows the "main parts" the SRA L equipment consists of "Main
parts" are those autonomous units, from a structural viewpoint, which form part of the
SRA L equipment assemblies and are extractable from the assemblies themselves.
The SRA L equipment, comprises an indoor assembly (IDU), arranged for being
installed in a 19" or ETSI rack, and one or two outdoor assemblies (ODU); upon request,
the equipment is delivered with the antenna (one or two, according to the configuration).
The ODU and the antenna are arranged for mounting on a special supporting frame
fixed to the pole.
Two possible installation modes of the antenna-ODU assembly are possible:
integrated mode: ODU and antenna installed on the same supporting frame and
directly connected
separated mode: ODU and antenna installed on two different supporting frames
and connected through connection in wave-guide.
The connection between the indoor (IDU) assy. and the outdoor (ODU) assy. is carried
out by means of a coaxial cable.
2 COMPOSITION OF SRA L EQUIPMENT
2.1 System configurations
For the SRA L equipment the configurations (system type) are provided as listed in
Tab. 1 and shown in Fig. 1, to Fig. 8.
Tab. 1 - System configurations for SRA L eq.
System type Denomination Ref.
(1+0) (1+0) System Fig. 1 and Fig. 2
2(1+0)
A/D-RPT
2(1+0) System or
Add/Drop repeater
Fig. 3 and Fig. 4
(1+1) H/S 2 antennas
(1+1) FD 2 antennas
(1+1) PD 2 antennas
(1+1) System 2 antennas, single
polarization
Fig. 5 and Fig. 6
(1+1) FD 1 antenna
(1+1) H/S 1 antenna
(1+1) System 1 antenna, single
polarization
Fig. 7
(1+1) H/S 1 antenna
(1+1) FD 1 antenna
(1+1) PD 1 antenna
(1+1) System 1 antenna, double
polarization
Fig. 8
53-001A8-102/E
2.2 Composition of SRA L equipment
and P/N 732-021/07
In Tab. 2, Tab. 3 and 4, the SRA L/7 equipment composition (7.1 to 7.9 GHz) is set down
for the different provided configurations.
Tab. 2 - SRA L/7 eq. in (1+0) configuration
1. P/N in alternative.
2. Along with the antenna, the pole fixing accessories and antenna-ODU supporting
frame are delivered.
3. Provided for the pole installation of the ODU in case of ODU-antenna separated
installation.
4. The P/N 732-201/7C, 732-221/07C refer to ODU with pre-heater (to be used for
operating temperatures ranging from -50C to +55C).
Ref. Fig.
1,2
Denomination Q.ty P/N Notes
A Indoor assy. (IDU - 2TFM)
Indoor assy. (IDU - 4TFM)
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
B Outdoor assy. (ODU - 2TFM)
Outdoor assy. (ODU - 4TFM)
1 732-201/07B,07C
732-221/07B,07C
1,4
C Antenna = 120 cm 1 601-400/53 2
E ODU supporting frame 1 534-108/47 3
G IDU-ODU coaxial interconnecting
cable
1 See doc. "Equipment
installation"
K Kit for ODU separated mount 1 See doc. "Equipment
installation"
3
53-001A8-102/E
Tab. 3 - SRA L/7 eq. in 2(1+0), A/D-RPT,
(1+1) FD, (1+1) PD and (1+1) H/S 2 antennas configuration
installation.
Tab. 4 - SRA L/7 eq. in (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD and
(1+1) H/S 1 antenna configuration
2. Along with the antenna, the pole fixing accessories and antenna supporting frame
are delivered
Ref. Fig.
3,4,5,6
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/07B, 07C
732-221/07B, 07C
1,4
C Antenna = 120 cm 2 601-400/53 2
D/E ODU supporting frame 2 534-108/47 3
cable
installation"
installation"
3
Ref. Fig.
7,8
Denomination Q.ty Code Note
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/07B, 07C
732-221/07B, 07C
1,3
C Antenna = 120 cm 1 601-400/53 2
E ODU supporting frame for (1+1)
FD
ODU supporting frame for (1+1)
H/S
1
534-108/38
534-108/31
1
cable
installation"
53-001A8-102/E
and P/N 732-021/08
In Tab. 5, Tab. 6 and Tab. 7, the SRA L/8 equipment composition (8.2 to 8.5GHz) is set
down for the different provided configurations.
installation.
Ref. Fig.
1,2
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
1 732-201/08B, 08C
732-221/08B, 08C
1,4
C Antenna = 120 cm 1 601-400/53 2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
53-001A8-102/E
installation.
Tab. 7 - SRA L/8 eq. in (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD
and (1+1) H/S 1 antenna configuration
are delivered
Ref. Fig.
3,4,5,6
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/08B, 08C
732-221/08B, 08C
1,4
C Antenna = 120 cm 2 601-400/53 2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
Ref. Fig.
7,8
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/08B,08C
732-221/08B,08C
1,3
C Antenna = 120 cm 1 601-400/53 2
FD
ODU supporting frame for (1+1)
H/S
1
534-108/39
534-108/32
1
cable
installation"
53-001A8-102/E
and P/N 732-021/10
In Tab. 8, Tab. 9 and Tab. 10, the SRA L/10 eq. composition (10.5 to 10.7GHz) is set
down for the different provided configurations.
installation.
Ref. Fig.
1,2
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
1 732-201/10B,10C
732-221/10B,10C
1,4
C Antenna = 120 cm
Antenna = 60 cm
1 601-400/41
601-400/38
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
53-001A8-102/E
installation.
are delivered
Ref. Fig.
3,4,5,6
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/10B,10C
732-221/10B,10C
1,4
C Antenna = 60 cm 2 601-400/38 2
D/E ODU supporting frame 2 534-108/48
cable
installation"
installation"
3
Ref. Fig.
8
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/10B, 10C
732-221/10B, 10C
1,3
C Antenna = 60 cm 1 601-400/38 2
H/S
1 534-108/40 1
cable
installation"
installation"
53-001A8-102/E
2.2.4 Composition of SRA L/13 eq, P/N 732-001/13
and P/N 732-021/13
In Tab. 11, Tab. 12 and Tab. 13, the SRA L/13 equipment composition (12.75 to 13.25
GHz) is set down for the different provided configurations.
installation.
Ref. Fig.
1,2
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
1 732-201/13B, 13C
732-221/13B, 13C
1,4
C Antenna = 120 cm
Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
1 601-400/42
601-400/32
601-400/31
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
53-001A8-102/E
installation.
are delivered
Ref. fig.
3,4,5,6
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/13B, 13C
732-221/13B, 13C
1,4
C Antenna = 120 cm
Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
2 601-400/42
601-400/32
601-400/31
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
Ref. Fig.
8
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/13B, 13C
732-221/13B, 13C
1,3
C Antenna = 120 cm
Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
1 601-400/42
601-400/32
601-400/31
1,2
H/S
2 534-108/41
cable
installation"
53-001A8-102/E
and P/N 732-021/15
In Tab. 14, Tab. 15 and Tab. 16, the SRA L/15 equipment composition (14.5 to
15.35GHz) is set down for the different provided configurations.
installation.
Ref. Fig.
1,2
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
1 732-201/15B, 15C
732-221/15B, 15C
1,4
C Antenna = 120 cm
Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
1 601-400/43
601-403/01
601-402/01
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
53-001A8-102/E
Tab. 15 - SRA L/15 eq. in 2(1+0), A/D-RPT,(1+1) FD, (1+1) PD
and (1+1) H/S 2 antennas configuration
installation.
operating temperatures ranging from -50C to +55C)
are delivered
Ref. Fig.
3,4,5,6
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/15B, 15C
732-221/15B, 15C
1,4
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
2 601-403/01
601-402/01
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
Ref. Fig.
8
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/15B, 15C
732-221/15B, 15C
1,3
C Antenna = 60 cm 1 601-403/01 2
H/S
1 534-108/42
cable
installation"
53-001A8-102/E
and P/N 732-021/18
In Tab. 17, Tab. 18 and Tab. 19, the SRA L/18 equipment composition
(17.7 to 19.7 GHz) is set down for the different provided configurations.
installation.
operating temperatures ranging from -50C to +55C)
Ref. Fig.
1,2
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
1 732-201/18B, 18C
732-221/18B, 18C
1,4
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
1 601-403/02
601-402/02
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
4
53-001A8-102/E
Tab. 18 - SRA L/18 eq. in 2(1+0),
A/D-RPT, (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD and (1+1) H/S 2 antennas configuration
installation.
are delivered
Ref.
Fig.
3,4,5,6
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/18B, 18C
732-221/18B, 18C
1,4
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
2 601-403/02
601-402/02
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
Ref. Fig.
8
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/18B, 18C
732-221/18B, 18C
1
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
2 601-403/02
601-402/02
1,2
H/S
1 534-108/43 1
cable
installation"
53-001A8-102/E
and P/N 732-021/23
installation.
Ref. Fig.
1,2
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
1 732-201/23B, 23C
732-221/23B, 23C
1,4
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
Antenna = 24 cm
1 601-403/03
601-402/03
601-401/01
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
53-001A8-102/E
Tab. 21 - SRA L/23 eq. in 2(1+0), A/D-RPT, (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD
installation.
Tab. 22 - SRA L/23 in (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD
are delivered
Ref.
3,4,5,6
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/23B, 23C
732-221/23B, 23C
1,4
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
Antenna = 24 cm
2 601-403/03
601-402/03
601-401/01
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
Ref. Fig.
8
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/23B, 23C
732-221/23B, 23C
1,3
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
2 601-403/03
601-402/03
1,2
H/S
1 534-108/44
cable
installation"
53-001A8-102/E
and P/N 732-021/26
(24.5 to 26.5GHz) is set down for the different provided configurations.
installation.
Ref. Fig.
1,2
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
1 732-201/26B,26C
732-221/26B,26C
1,4
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
Antenna = 24 cm
1 601-403/04
601-402/04
601-401/02
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
53-001A8-102/E
Tab. 24 - SRA L/26 eq. in 2(1+0), A/D-RPT, (1+1) FD, (1+1) PD
installation.
are delivered
Ref. Fig.
3,4,5,6
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/26B,26C
732-221/26B,26C
1,4
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
Antenna = 24 cm
2 601-403/04
601-402/04
601-401/02
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
Ref. Fig.
8
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/26B,26C
732-221/26B,26C
1,3
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
1 601-403/04
601-402/04
1,2
E ODU supporting frame 1 534-108/45
cable
installation"
53-001A8-102/E
and P/N 732-021/38
installation.
Ref. Fig.
1,2
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
1 732-201/38B,38C
732-221/38B,38C
1,4
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
Antenna = 24 cm
1 601-403/06
601-402/06
601-401/04
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
53-001A8-102/E
installation.
are delivered
Ref. Fig.
3,4,5,6
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/38B,38C
732-221/38B,38C
1,4
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
Antenna = 24 cm
2 601-403/06
601-402/06
601-401/04
1,2
cable
installation"
installation"
3
Ref. Fig.
8
1 732-101/01
732-101/11
1
2 732-201/38B, 38C
732-221/38B, 38C
1,3
C Antenna = 60 cm
Antenna = 30 cm
Antenna = 24 cm
1 601-403/06
601-402/06
601-401/04
1,2
H/S
1 534-108/46
cable
installation"
53-001A8-102/E
Fig. 1 - (1+0) integrated system
53-001A8-102/E
Fig. 2 - (1+0) not integrated system
53-001A8-102/E
Fig. 3 - 2(1+0) or A/D-RPT integrated system
53-001A8-102/E
Fig. 4 - 2(1+0) or A/D-RPT not integrated system
53-001A8-102/E
Fig. 5 - (1+1) integrated system with 2 antennas, singIe poIarization
53-001A8-102/E
Fig. 6 - (1+1) not integrated system with 2 antennas, singIe poIarization
53-001A8-102/E
Fig. 7 - (1+1) not integrated system with 1 antenna, singIe poIarization
53-001A8-102/E
Fig. 8 - (1+1) not integrated system with 1 antenna, doubIe poIarization
53-001A8-102/E
3 IDU COMPOSITION
The IDU assy. - P/N 732-101/11 (4 TFM modulation) and P/N 732-101/01 (2 TFM
modulation) - consist of a wired sub-rack - P/N 628-586/04, P/N 628-586/01 - where all
the plug-in units are housed.
The sub-rack is delivered with two types of brackets to allow to be secured to 19" or ETSI
racks. The IDU composition is set down in Tab. 30, Tab. 29, with reference to Fig. 9. and
Fig. 10
Tab. 29 - IDU composition P/N 732-101/11
1. P/N in alternative each other.
2. Unit not equipped in (1+0) configuration; in this configuration a special cover is
installed (P/N 332-308/41).
3. Units provided with pre-installed software; the last three characters of the code
("XXX") identify the unit software downloaded by the factory before shipment of the
unit (see OMN Manual).
4. Optional unit and handset; should the unit not be installed, a special cover (P/N
332-308/43) is delivered.
5. Q-Adapter units and D Channel Distributor unit are optional units in alternative
each other; should the unit not be installed, a special cover (P/N 332-308/42) is
delivered.
6. Alarm unit and Alarm and Fan unit are optional units in alternative each other; the
Alarm and Fan unit (P/N 614-041/11) has to be installed only for application where
a wide working temperature range is expected (-5to +55C).
7. The 612-314/15E units can be used as spare parts of 614-314/15 ones. the reverse
is not allowed.
Ref. Fig.
10
Denomination P/N Notes
A Wired sub-rack 628-586/04
B
RTM 162 Mbit/s unit 612-314/15
612-314/15E
1, 7
C
RTM 162 Mbit/s unit 612-314/15
612-314/15E
1, 2, 7
D Controller unit 634-001/68_XXX 3
E
16x2 Mbit/s 75/120 Ohm Tributary
unit
612-404/11
1
F EOW unit 612-910/21 4
Handset 634-901/03 4
G
Q-Adapter unit 634-001/69_XXX 3,5
D channel distributor 615-105/08 5
H
Alarm unit
Alarm and Fan unit
614-041/01
614-041/11
6
53-001A8-102/E
Tab. 30 - IDU composition P/N 732-101/01
1. P/N in alternative each other.
2. Unit not equipped in (1+0) configuration; in this configuration a special cover is
installed (P/N 332-308/41).
3. Units provided with pre-installed software; the last three characters of the code
("XXX") identify the unit software (see OMN Manual). The P/N 634-001/69 can be
used as spare part of the previous P/N 634-001/66, which is no more available.
4. Optional unit and handset; should the unit not be installed, a special cover (P/N
332-308/43) is delivered.
5. Q-Adapter units and D Channel Distributor unit are optional units in alternative
each other; should the unit not be installed, a special cover (P/N 332-308/42) is
delivered.
6. Alarm unit and Alarm and Fan unit are optional units in alternative each other; the
Alarm and Fan unit (P/N 614-041/11) has to be installed only for application where
a wide working temperature range is expected (-5to +55C).
7. The unit 612-404/01 can be used as spare part of the previous P/N 612-404/04 and
vice-versa (P/N 612-404/04 is no more available for new orders; replaced by
612-404/01).
8. The unit 634-001/68 replaces the previous code 634-001/65 which is no more
available. The two units are completely equivalent, and can be used as spare parts
each other.
9. The unit 612-314/03 (612-314/13) can be used as spare part of previous codes
612-314/01, 02 (612-314/11,12), which are no more available.
10. The P/N 612-910/21 replaces the previous P/N 612-910/20, which is no more
available. The new unit can be used as spare part of the previous one and
vice-versa.
11. P/N 612-404/02 is available only for failed units replacement or in-field
maintenance of past orders. It is no more available for future orders.
Ref. Fig.
11
Denomination P/N Notes
A Wired sub-rack 628-586/01
B
RTM 42 Mbit/s unit
RTM 82 Mbit/s unit
612-314/03
612-314/13
1,9
C
RTM 42 Mbit/s unit
RTM 82 Mbit/s unit
612-314/03
612-314/13
1,2,9
D Controller unit 634-001/68_XXX 3,8
E
2 Mbit/s 75/120 Ohm Tributary unit 612-404/01
612-404/02
7,11
F EOW unit 612-910/21 4,10
Handset 634-901/03 4
G
Q-Adapter unit 634-001/69_XXX 3,5
D channel distributor 615-105/08 5
H
Alarm unit
Alarm and Fan unit
614-041/01
614-041/11
6
53-001A8-102/E
Fig. 9 - IDU composition (P/N 732-101/11)
53-001A8-102/E
Fig. 10 - IDU composition (P/N 732-101/01)
53-001A8-102/E
4 ODU IDENTIFICATION
The ODU assy. comprises a hermetic container, arranged for pole fixing, inside which
both RF modules (depending of the operating range) and IF and power supply modules
(common in all RF range) are housed.
Adjustment and composition of ODU RF units depend on the working RF frequency
range. Besides, the ODU assy. can be set with or without pre-heater.
The ODU is available in the following versions:
P/N 732-201/XXB: ODU without pre-heater
(2 TFM modulation)
P/N 732-221/XXB: ODU without pre-heater
(4 TFM modulation)
P/N 732-201/XXC: ODU with pre-heater
(2 TFM modulation)
P/N 732-221/XXC: ODU with pre-heater
(4 TFM modulation)
The ODU versions (732-201/XXC and 732-221/XXC ) arranged with pre-heater have to
be utilized when an extended operating temperature range is required (from -50C to
+55C).
The ODU identification P/N comprises two field: the first one (11 characters) is the
equipment P/N, the second one (3 characters) is the customizing encoding, concerning
the RF frequency (operating frequency band within the whole RF range).
In Tab. 31, to Tab. 42 the frequency tables are shown.
NOTE - ODU P/Ns defined above repIace the previous P/Ns 732-201/XX and
can be used as spare parts of those P/Ns where POE connection to
IDU EOW is not required (see POE description). The onIy reIevant
difference between the two ODU versions is that the new ones
provide simpIer POE connector, which doesn`t permit phone caIIs
between IDU (EOW unit) and ODU.
53-001A8-102/E
Tab. 31 - ODU frequency tabIe P/N 732-201/7B,7C -
P/N 732-221/7B,7C)
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/07B001
732-201/07C001
732-221/07B001
732-221/07C001
7428...7463
7428...7463
7582...7617
7582...7617
+154
732-201/07B002
732-201/07C002
732-221/07B002
732-221/07C002
7582...7617
7582...7617
7428...7463
7428...7463
-154
732-201/07B003
732-201/07C003
732-221/07B003
732-221/07C003
7449...7484
7435...7470
7603...7638
7589...7624
+154
732-201/07B004
732-201/07C004
732-221/07B004
732-221/07C004
7603...7638
7589...7624
7449...7484
7435...7470
-154
732-201/07B005
732-201/07C005
732-221/07B005
732-221/07C005
7470...7505
7442...7477
7624...7659
7596...7631
+154
732-201/07B006
732-201/07C006
732-221/07B006
732-221/07C006
7624...7659
7596...7631
7470...7505
7442...7477
-154
732-201/07B007
732-201/07C007
732-221/07B007
732-221/07C007
7491...7526
7499...7484
7645...7680
7603...7638
+154
732-201/07B008
732-201/07C008
732-221/07B008
732-221/07C008
7645...7680
7603...7638
7491...7526
7449...7484
-154
732-201/07B009
732-201/07C009
732-221/07B009
732-221/07C009
7512...7547
7456...7491
7666...7701
7610...7645
+154
732-201/07B010
732-201/07C010
732-221/07B010
732-221/07C010
7666...7701
7610...7645
7512...7547
7456...7491
-154
53-001A8-102/E
P/N 732-221/07B,07C (continue)
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/07B011
732-201/07C011
732-221/07B011
732-221/07C011
7533...7568
7463...7498
7687...7722
7617...7652
+154
732-201/07B012
732-201/07C012
732-221/07B012
732-221/07C012
7687...7722
7617...7652
7533...7568
7463...7498
-154
732-221/07B013
732-221/07C013
7470...7505 7624...7659
+154
732-221/07B014
732-221/07C014
7624...7659 7470...7505 -154
732-221/07B015
732-221/07C015
7477...7512 7631...7666 +154
732-221/07B016
732-221/07C016
7631...7666 7477...7512 -154
732-221/07B017
732-221/07C017
7484...7519 7638...7673 +154
732-221/07B018
732-221/07C018
7638...7673 7484...7519 -154
732-221/07B019
732-221/07C019
7491...7526 7645...7680 +154
732-221/07B020
732-221/07C020
7645...7680 7491...7526 -154
732-221/07B021
732-221/07C021
7498...7533 7652...7687 +154
732-221/07B022
732-221/07C022
7652...7687 7498...7533
-154
732-221/07B023
732-221/07C023
7505...7540 7659...7694 +154
732-221/07B024
732-221/07C024
7659...7694 7505...7540 -154
732-221/07B025
732-221/07C025
7512...7547 7666...7701 +154
732-221/07B026
732-221/07C026
7666...7701 7512...7547 -154
53-001A8-102/E
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-221/07B027
732-221/07C027
7519...7554 7673...7708 +154
732-221/07B028
732-221/07C028
7673...7708 7519...7554 -154
732-221/07B029
732-221/07C029
7526...7561 7680...7715 +154
732-221/07B030
732-221/07C030
7680...7715 7526...7561 -154
732-221/07B031
732-221/07C031
7533...7568 7687...7722 +154
732-221/07B032
732-221/07C032
7687...7722 7533...7568 -154
732-201/07B101
732-201/07C101
732-221/07B101
732-221/07C101
7124.5...7159.5
7124.5...7159.5
7285.5...7320.5
7285.5...7320.5
+161
732-201/07B102
732-201/07C102
732-221/07B102
732-221/07C102
7285.5...7320.5
7285.5...7320.5
7124.5...7159.5
7124.5...7159.5
-161
732-201/07B103
732-201/07C103
732-221/07B103
732-221/07C103
7145.5...7180.5
7131.5...7166.5
7306.5...7341.5
7292.5...7327.5
+161
732-201/07B104
732-201/07C104
732-221/07B104
732-221/07C104
7306.5...7341.5
7292.5...7327.5
7145.5...7180.5
7131.5...7166.5
-161
732-201/07B105
732-201/07C105
732-221/07B105
732-221/07C105
7166.5...7201.5
7138.5...7173.5
7327.5...7362.5
7299.5...7334.5
+161
732-201/07B106
732-201/07C106
732-221/07B106
732-221/07C106
7327.5...7362.5
7299.5...7334.5
7166.5...7201.5
7138.5...7173.5
-161
732-201/07B107
732-201/07C107
732-221/07B107
732-221/07C107
7187.5...7222.5
7145.5...7180.5
7348.5...7383.5
7306.5...7341.5
+161
53-001A8-102/E
732-201/07B108
732-201/07C108
732-221/07B108
732-221/07C108
7348.5...7383.5
7306.5...7341.5
7187.5...7222.5
7145.5...7180.5
-161
732-201/07B109
732-201/07C109
732-221/07B109
732-221/07C109
7208.5...7243.5
7152.5...7187.5
7369.5...7404.5
7313.5...7348.5
+161
732-201/07B110
732-201/07C110
732-221/07B110
732-221/07C110
7369.5...7404.5
7313.5...7348.5
7208.5...7243.5
7152.5...7187.5
-161
732-201/07B111
732-201/07C111
732-221/07B111
732-221/07C111
7229.5...7264.5
7159.5...7194.5
7390.5...7425.5
7320.5...7355.5
+161
732-201/07B112
732-201/07C112
732-221/07B112
732-221/07C112
7390.5...7425.5
7320.5...7355.5
7229.5...7264.5
7159.5...7194.5
-161
732-201/07B113
732-201/07C113
732-221/07B113
732-221/07C113
7424.5...7459.5
7166.5...7201.5
7585.5...7620.5
7327.5...7362.5
+161
732-201/07B114
732-201/07C114
732-221/07B114
732-221/07C114
7585.5...7620.5
7327.5...7362.5
7424.5...7459.5
7166.5...7201.5
-161
732-201/07B115
732-201/07C115
732-221/07B115
732-221/07C115
7445.5...7480.5
7173.5...7208.5
7606.5...7641.5
7334.5...7369.5
+161
732-201/07B116
732-201/07C116
732-221/07B116
732-221/07C116
7606.5...7641.5
7334.5...7369.5
7445.5...7480.5
7173.5...7208.5
-161
732-201/07B117
732-201/07C117
732-221/07B117
732-221/07C117
7466.5...7501.5
7180.5...7215.5
7627.5...7662.5
7341.5...7376.5
+161
732-201/07B118
732-201/07C118
732-221/07B118
732-221/07C118
7627.5...7662.5
7341.5...7376.5
7466.5...7501.5
7180.5...7215.5
-161
53-001A8-102/E
732-201/07B119
732-201/07C119
732-221/07B119
732-221/07C119
7487.5...7522.5
7187.5...7222.5
7648.5...7683.5
7348.5...7383.5
+161
732-201/07B120
732-201/07C120
732-221/07B120
732-221/07C120
7648.5...7683.5
7348.5...7383.5
7487.5...7522.5
7487.5...7522.5
-161
732-201/07B121
732-201/07C121
732-221/07B121
732-221/07C121
7508.5...7543.5
7194.5...7229.5
7669.5...7704.5
7355.5...7390.5
+161
732-201/07B122
732-201/07C122
732-221/07B122
732-221/07C122
7669.5...7704.5
7355.5...7390.5
7508.5...7543.5
7194.5...7229.5
-161
732-201/07B123
732-201/07C123
732-221/07B123
732-221/07C123
7529.5...7564.5
7201.5...7236.5
7690.5...7725.5
7362.5...7397.5
+161
732-201/07B124
732-201/07C124
732-221/07B124
732-221/07C124
7690.5...7725.5
7362.5...7397.5
7529.5...7564.5
7201.5...7236.5
-161
732-221/07B125
732-221/07C125
7208.5...7243.5 7369.5...7404.5 +161
732-221/07B126
732-221/07C126
7369.5...7404.5 7208.5...7243.5 -161
732-221/07B127
732-221/07C127
7215.5...7250.5 7376.5...7411.5 +161
732-221/07B128
732-221/07C128
7376.5...7411.5 7215.5...7250.5 -161
732-221/07B129
732-221/07C129
7222.5...7257.5 7383.5...7418.5 +161
732-221/07B130
732-221/07C130
7383.5...7418.5 7222.5...7257.5 -161
732-221/07B131
732-221/07C131
7229.5...7264.5 7390.5...7425.5 +161
732-221/07B132
732-221/07C132
7390.5...7425.5 7229.5...7264.5 -161
732-221/07B133
732-221/07C133
7424.5...7459.5 7585.5....7620.5 +161
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/07B134
732-221/07C134
7585.5...7620.5 7424.5...7459.5 -161
732-221/07B135
732-221/07C135
7431.5...7466.5 7592.5...7627.5 +161
732-221/07B136
732-221/07C136
7592.5...7627.5 7431.5...7466.5 -161
732-221/07B137
732-221/07C137
7438.5...7473.5 7599.5...7634.5
+161
732-221/07B138
732-221/07C138
7599.5...7634.5 7438.5...7473.5 -161
732-221/07B139
732-221/07C139
7445.5...7480.5 7606.5...7641.5 +161
732-221/07B140
732-221/07C140
7606.5...7641.5 7445.5...7480.5 -161
732-221/07B141
732-221/07C141
7452.5...7487.5 7613.5...7648.5 +161
732-221/07B142
732-221/07C142
7613.5...7648.5 7452.5...7487.5 -161
732-221/07B143
732-221/07C143
7459.5...7494.5 7620.5...7655.5 +161
732-221/07B144
732-221/07C144
7620.5...7655.5 7459.5...7494.5 -161
732-221/07B145
732-221/07C145
7466.5...7501.5 7627.5...7662.5 +161
732-221/07B146
732-221/07C146
7627.5...7662.5 7466.5...7501.5 -161
732-221/07B147
732-221/07C147
7473.5...7508.5 7634.5...7669.5 +161
732-221/07B148
732-221/07C148
7634.5...7669.5 7473.5...7508.5 -161
732-221/07B149
732-221/07C149
7480.5...7515.5 7641.5...7676.5 +161
732-221/07B150
732-221/07C150
7641.5...7676.5 7480.5...7515.5 -161
732-221/07B151
732-221/07C151
7478.5...7522.5 7648.5...7683.5 +161
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/07B154
732-221/07C154
7655.5...7690.5 7494.5...7529.5
-161
732-221/07B155
732-221/07C155
7501.5...7536.5 7662.5...7697.5 +161
732-221/07B156
732-221/07C156
7662.5...7697.5 7501.5...7536.5 -161
732-221/07B157
732-221/07C157
7508.5...7543.5 7669.5...7704.5 +161
732-221/07B158
732-221/07C158
7669.5...7704.5 7508.5...7543.5 -161
732-221/07B159
732-221/07C159
7515.5...7550.5 7676.5...7711.5 +161
732-221/07B160
732-221/07C160
7676.5...7711.5 7515.5...7550.5 -161
732-221/07B161
732-221/07C161
7522.5...7557.5 7683.5...7718.5 +161
732-221/07B162
732-221/07C162
7683.5...7718.5 7522.5...7557.5 -161
732-221/07B163
732-221/07C163
7529.5...7564.5 7690.5...7725.5 +161
732-221/07B164
732-221/07C164
7690.5...7725.5 7529.5...7564.5 -161
732-201/07B201
732-201/07C201
732-221/07B201
732-221/07C201
7428...7484
7428...7484
7673...7729
7673...7729
+245
732-201/07B202
732-201/07C202
732-221/07B202
732-221/07C202
7673...7729
7673...7729
7428...7484
7428...7484
-245
732-201/07B203
732-201/07C203
732-221/07B203
732-221/07C203
7470...7526
7456...7512
7715...7771
7701...7757
+245
732-201/07B204
732-201/07C204
732-221/07B204
732-221/07C204
7715...7771
7701...7757
7470...7526
7456...7512
-245
53-001A8-102/E
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/07B205
732-201/07C205
732-221/07B205
732-221/07C205
7512...7568
7484...7540
7757...7813
7729...7785
+245
732-201/07B206
732-201/07C206
732-221/07B206
732-221/07C206
7757...7813
7729...7785
7512...7568
7484...7540
-245
732-201/07B207
732-201/07C207
732-221/07B207
732-221/07C207
7554...7610
7512...7568
7799...7855
7757...7813
+245
732-201/07B208
732-201/07C208
732-221/07B208
732-221/07C208
7799...7855
7757...7813
7554...7610
7512...7568
-245
732-201/07B209
732-201/07C209
732-221/07B209
732-221/07C209
7596...7652
7540...7596
7841...7897
7785...7841
+245
732-201/07B210
732-201/07C210
732-221/07B210
732-221/07C210
7841...7897
7785...7841
7596...7652
7540...7596
-245
732-221/07B211
732-221/07C211
7568...7624 7813...7869 +245
732-221/07B212
732-221/07C212
7813...7869 7568...7624 -245
732-221/07B213
732-221/07C213
7596...7652 7841...7897 +245
732-221/07B214
732-221/07C214
7841...7897 7596...7652 -245
53-001A8-102/E
732-201/07B301
732-201/07C301
732-221/07B301
732-221/07C301
7750...7785
7750...7785
7898.5...7933.5
7898.5...7933.5
+148.5
732-201/07B302
732-201/07C302
732-221/07B302
732-221/07C302
7898.5...7933.5
7898.5...7933.5
7750...7785
7750...7785
-148.5
732-201/07B303
732-201/07C303
732-221/07B303
732-221/07C303
7771...7806
7757...7792
7919.5...7954.5
7905.5...7940.5
+148.5
732-201/07B304
732-201/07C304
732-221/07B304
732-221/07C304
7919.5...7954.5
7905.5...7940.5
7771...7806
7757...7792
-148.5
732-201/07B305
732-201/07C305
732-221/07B305
732-221/07C305
7791.5...7826.5
7764...7799
7940...7975
7912.5...7947.5 +148.5
732-201/07B306
732-201/07C306
732-221/07B306
732-221/07C306
7940...7975
7912.5...7947.5
7791.5...7826.5
7764...7799
-148.5
732-221/07B307
732-221/07C307
7771...7806 7919.5...7954.5 +148.5
732-221/07B308
732-221/07C308
7919.5...7954.5 7771...7806 -148.5
732-221/07B309
732-221/07C309
7778...7813 7926.5...7961.5 +148.5
732-221/07B310
732-221/07C310
7926.5...7961.5 7778...7813 -148.5
732-221/07B311
732-221/07C311
7785...7820 7933.5...7968.5 +148.5
732-221/07B312
732-221/07C312
7933.5...7968.5 7785...7820 -148.5
732-221/07B313
732-221/07C313
7792...7826.5 7940.5...7975 +148.5
732-221/07B314
732-221/07C314
7940.5...7975 7792...7826.5 -148.5
53-001A8-102/E
P/N 732-221/08B,08C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/08B001
732-201/08C001
732-221/08B001
732-221/08C001
8275.5...8303.5
8275.5...8310.5
8401.5...8429.5
8401.5...8436.5
+126
732-201/08B002
732-201/08C002
732-221/08B002
732-221/08C002
8401.5...8429.5
8401.5...8436.5
8275.5...8303.5
8275.5...8310.5
-126
732-201/08B003
732-201/08C003
732-221/08B003
732-221/08C003
8289.5...8317.5
8282.5...8317.5
8415.5...8443.5
8408.5...8443.5
+126
732-201/08B004
732-201/08C004
732-221/08B004
732-221/08C004
8415.5...8443.5
8408.5...8443.5
8289.5...8317.5
8282.5...8317.5
-126
732-201/08B005
732-201/08C005
732-221/08B005
732-221/08C005
8303.5...8331.5
8289.5...8324.5
8429.5...8457.5
8415.5...8450.5
+126
732-201/08B006
732-201/08C006
732-221/08B006
732-221/08C006
8429,5...8457,5
8415.5...8450.5
8303,5...8331,5
8289.5...8324.5
-126
732-201/08B007
732-201/08C007
732-221/08B007
732-221/08C007
8317.5...8345.5
8296.5...8331.5
8443.5...8471.5
8422.5...8457.5
+126
732-201/08B008
732-201/08C008
732-221/08B008
732-221/08C008
8443.5...8471.5
8422.5...8457.5
8317.5...8345.5
8296.5...8331.5
-126
732-201/08B009
732-201/08C009
732-221/08B009
732-221/08C009
8331.5...8359.5
8303.5...8338.5
8457.5...8485.5
8429.5...8464.5
+126
732-201/08B010
732-201/08C010
732-221/08B010
732-221/08C010
8457.5...8485.5
8429.5...8464.5
8331.5...8359.5
8303.5...8338.5
-126
53-001A8-102/E
732-201/08B011
732-201/08C011
732-221/08B011
732-221/08C011
8345.5...8373.5
8310.5...8345.5
8471.5...8499.5
8436.5...8471.5
+126
732-201/08B012
732-201/08C012
732-221/08B012
732-221/08C012
8471.5...8499.5
8436.5...8471.5
8345.5...8373.5
8310.5...8345.5
-126
732-221/08B013
732-221/08C013
8317.5...8352.5 8443.5...8478.5 +126
732-221/08B014
732-221/08C014
8443.5...8478.5 8317.5...8352.5 -126
732-221/08B015
732-221/08C015
8324.5...8359.5 8450.5...8485.5 +126
732-221/08B016
732-221/08C016
8450.5...8485.5 8324.5...8359.5 -126
732-221/08B017
732-221/08C017
8331.5...8366.5 8457.5...8492.5 +126
732-221/08B018
732-221/08C018
8457.5...8492.5 8331.5...8366.5 -126
732-221/08B019
732-221/08C019
8352.5...8373.5 8464.5...8499.5 +126
732-221/08B020
732-221/08C020
8464.5...8499.5 8352.5...8373.5 -126
732-221/08B
732-221/08C
8324.5...8359.5 8450.5...8485.5 +126
732-221/08B
732-221/08C
8450.5...8485.5 8324.5...8359.5 -126
732-221/08B
732-221/08C
8331.5...8366.5 8457.5...8492.5 +126
732-221/08B
732-221/08C
8457.5...8492.5 8331.5...8366.5 -126
732-221/08B
732-221/08C
8352.5...8373.5 8464.5...8499.5 +126
732-221/08B
732-221/08C
8464.5...8499.5 8352.5...8373.5 -126
53-001A8-102/E
732-201/08B011
732-201/08C011
732-221/08B011
732-221/08C011
8345.5...8373.5
8310.5...8345.5
8471.5...8499.5
8436.5...8471.5
+126
732-201/08B012
732-201/08C012
732-221/08B012
732-221/08C012
8471.5...8499.5
8436.5...8471.5
8345.5...8373.5
8310.5...8345.5
-126
732-221/08B013
732-221/08C013
8317.5...8352.5 8443.5...8478.5 +126
732-221/08B014
732-221/08C014
8443.5...8478.5 8317.5...8352.5 -126
732-221/08B015
732-221/08C015
8324.5...8359.5 8450.5...8485.5 +126
732-221/08B016
732-221/08C016
8450.5...8485.5 8324.5...8359.5 -126
732-221/08B017
732-221/08C017
8331.5...8366.5 8457.5...8492.5 +126
732-221/08B018
732-221/08C018
8457.5...8492.5 8331.5...8366.5 -126
732-221/08B019
732-221/08C019
8352.5...8373.5 8464.5...8499.5 +126
732-221/08B020
732-221/08C020
8464.5...8499.5 8352.5...8373.5 -126
732-221/08B101
732-221/08C101
8275.5...8310.5 8394.5...8429.5 +119
732-221/08B102
732-221/08C102
8394.5...8429.5 8275.5...8310.5 -119
732-221/08B103
732-221/08C103
8282.5...8366.5 8401.5...8436.5 +119
732-221/08B104
732-221/08C104
8401.5...8436.5 8282.5...8317.5 -119
732-221/08B105
732-221/08C105
8289.5...8324.5 8408.5...8443.5 +119
732-221/08B106
732-221/08C106
8408.5...8499.5 8289.5...8324.5 -119
732-221/08B107
732-221/08C107
8296.5...8331.5 8415.5...8450.5 +119
732-221/08B108
732-221/08C108
8415.5...8450.5 8296.5...8331.5 -119
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/08B109
732-221/08C109
8303.5...8338.5 8422.5...8457.5 +119
732-221/08B110
732-221/08C110
8442.5...8457.5 8303.5...8338.5 -119
732-221/08B111
732-221/08C111
8310.5...8345.5 8429.5...8464.5 +119
732-221/08B112
732-221/08C112
8429.5...8464.5 8310.5...8345.5 -119
732-221/08B113
732-221/08C113
8317.5...8352.5 8436.5...8471.5 +119
732-221/08B114
732-221/08C114
8436.5...8471.5 8317.5...8352.5 -119
732-221/08B115
732-221/08C115
8324.5...8359.5 8443.5...8478.5 +119
732-221/08B116
732-221/08C116
8443.5...8478.5 8324.5...8359.5 -119
732-221/08B117
732-221/08C117
8331.5...8366.5 8450.5...8485.5 +119
732-221/08B118
732-221/08C118
8450.5...8485.5 8331.5...8366.5 -119
732-221/08B119
732-221/08C119
8338.5...8373.5 8457.5...8492.5 +119
732-221/08B120
732-221/08C120
8457.5...8492.5 8338.5...8373.5 -119
732-221/08B121
732-221/08C121
8352.5...8373.5 8464.5...8499.5 +119
732-221/08B122
732-221/08C122
8464.5...84990.5 8345.5...8380.5 -119
53-001A8-102/E
P/N 732-221/10B,10C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/10B001
732-201/10C001
732-221/10B001
732-221/10C001
10497...10525
10497...10532
10588...10616
10588...10623
+91
732-201/10B002
732-201/10C002
732-221/10B002
732-221/10C002
10588...10616
10588...10623
10497...10525
10497...10532
-91
732-201/10B003
732-201/10C003
732-201/10B003
732-201/10C003
10511...10539
10504...10539
10602...10630
10595...10630
+91
732-201/10B004
732-201/10C004
732-221/10B004
732-221/10C004
10602...10630
10595...10630
10511...10539
10504...10539
-91
732-201/10B005
732-201/10C005
732-221/10B005
732-221/10C005
10525...10553
10511...10546
10616...10644
10602...10637
+91
732-201/10B006
732-201/10C006
732-221/10B006
732-221/10C006
10616...10644
10602...10637
10525...10553
10511...10546
-91
732-201/10B007
732-201/10C007
732-221/10B007
732-221/10C007
10539...10567
10518...10553
10630...10658
10609...10644
+91
732-201/10B008
732-201/10C008
732-201/10B008
732-201/10C008
10630...10658
10609...10644
10539...10567
10518...10533
-91
732-201/10B009
732-201/10C009
732-221/10B009
732-221/10C009
10553...10581
10525...10560
10644...10672
10616...10651
+91
732-201/10B010
732-201/10C010
732-221/10B010
732-221/10C010
10644...10672
10616...10651
10553...10581
10525...10560
-91
53-001A8-102/E
732-201/10B011
732-201/10C011
732-221/10B011
732-221/10C011
10567...10595
10532...10567
10658...10686
10623...10658
+91
732-201/10B012
732-201/10C012
732-221/10B012
732-221/10C012
10658...10686
10623...10658
10567...10595
10532...10567
-91
732-221/10B013
732-221/10C013
10539...10574 10630...10665 +91
732-221/10B014
732-221/10C014
10630...10665 10539...10574 -91
732-221/10B015
732-221/10C015
10546...10581 10637...10672 +91
732-221/10B016
732-221/10C016
10637...10672 10546...10581 -91
732-221/10B017
732-221/10C017
10553...10588 10644...10679 +91
732-221/10B018
732-221/10C018
10644...10679 10553...10588 -91
732-221/10B019
732-221/10C019
10560...10595 10651...10686 +91
732-221/10B020
732-221/10C020
10651...10686 10560...10595 -91
53-001A8-102/E
P/N 732-221/13B,13C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/13B001
732-201/13C001
732-221/13B001
732-221/13C001
12750...12814
12750...12814
13016...13080
13016...13080
+266
732-201/13B002
732-201/13C002
732-221/13B002
732-221/13C002
13016...13080
13016...13080
12750...12814
12750...12814
-266
732-201/13B003
732-201/13C003
732-221/13B003
732-221/13C003
12807...12871
12784...12848
13073...13137
13050...13114
+266
732-201/13B004
732-201/13C004
732-221/13B004
732-221/13C004
13073...13137
13050...13114
12807...12871
12784...12848
-266
732-201/13B005
732-201/13C005
732-221/13B005
732-221/13C005
12864...12928
12818...12882
13130...13194
13084...13148
+266
732-201/13B006
732-201/13C006
732-221/13B006
732-221/13C006
13130...13194
13084...13148
12807...12871
12818...12882
-266
732-201/13B007
732-201/13C007
732-221/13B007
732-221/13C007
12921...12984
12852...12916
13187...13250
13118...13182
+266
732-201/13B008
732-201/13C008
732-221/13B008
732-221/13C008
13187...13250
13118...13182
12921...12984
12852...12916
-266
732-221/13B009
732-221/13C009
12886...12950 13152...13216 +266
732-221/13B010
732-221/13C010
13152...13216 12886...12950 -266
732-221/13B011
732-221/13C011
12920...12984 13186...13250 +266
732-221/13B012
732-221/13C012
13186...13250 12920...12984 -266
53-001A8-102/E
P/N 732-221/15B,15C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/15B001
732-201/15C001
732-221/15B001
732-221/15C001
14595...14679
14595...14679
14931...15015
14931...15015
+336
732-201/15B002
732-201/15C002
732-221/15B002
732-221/15C002
14931...15015
14931...15015
14595...14679
14595...14679
-336
732-201/15B003
732-201/15C003
732-221/15B003
732-221/15C003
14672...14756
14642-14726
15008...15092
14978...15062
+336
732-201/15B004
732-201/15C004
732-221/15B004
732-221/15C004
15008...15092
14978...15062
14672...14756
14642...14726
-336
732-201/15B005
732-201/15C005
732-201/15B005
732-201/15C005
14749...14833
14689...14773
15085...15169
15025...15109
+336
732-201/15B006
732-201/15C006
732-221/15B006
732-221/15C006
15085...15169
15025...15109
14749...14833
14689...14773
-336
732-201/15B007
732-201/15C007
732-221/15B007
732-221/15C007
14826...14910
14736...14820
15162...15246
15072...15156
+336
732-201/15B008
732-201/15C008
732-221/15B008
732-221/15C008
15162...15246
15072...15156
14826...14910
14736...14820
-336
732-221/15B009
732-221/15C009
14783...14867 15119...15203 +336
732-221/15B010
732-221/15C010
15119...15203 14783...14867 -336
732-221/15B011
732-221/15C011
14826...14910 15162...15246 +336
732-221/15B012
732-221/15C012
15162...15246 14826...14910 -336
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/15B,15C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/15B101
732-201/15C101
732-221/15B101
732-221/15C101
14500...14615
14500...14615
14920...15035
14920...15035
+420
732-201/15B102
732-201/15C102
732-221/15B102
732-221/15C102
14920...15035
14920...15035
14500...14615
14500...14615
-420
732-201/15B103
732-201/15C103
732-221/15B103
732-221/15C103
14608...14723
14579...14694
15028...15143
14999...15114
+420
732-201/15B104
732-201/15A104
732-221/15B104
732-221/15C104
15028...15143
14999...15114
14608...14723
14579...14694
-420
732-201/15B105
732-201/15C105
732-221/15B105
732-221/15C105
14716...14831
14658...14773
15136...15251
15078...15193
+420
732-201/15B106
732-201/15C106
732-221/15B106
732-221/15C106
15136...15251
15078...15193
14716...14831
14658...14773
-420
732-201/15B107
732-201/15C107
732-221/15B107
732-221/15C107
14824...14930
14737...14852
15244...15350
15157...15272
+420
732-201/15B108
732-201/15C108
732-221/15B108
732-221/15C108
15244...15350
15157...15272
14824...14930
14737...14852
-420
732-221/15B109
732-221/15C109
14815...14930 15235...15350 +420
732-221/15B110
732-221/15C110
15235...15350 14815...14930 -420
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/15B,15C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/15B201
732-201/15C201
732-221/15B201
732-221/15C201
14500...14620
14500...14620
15144...15264
15144...15264
+644
732-201/15B202
732-201/15C202
732-221/15B202
732-221/15C202
15144...15264
15144...15264
14500...14620
14500...14620
-644
732-201/15B301
732-201/15C301
732-221/15B301
732-221/15C301
14504...14631
14504...14631
15218...15345
15218...15345
+714
732-201/15B302
732-201/15C302
732-221/15B302
732-221/15C302
15218...15345
15218...15345
14504...14631
14504...14631
-714
732-201/15B401
732-201/15C401
732-221/15B401
732-221/15C401
14501...14620
14501...14620
15229...15348
15229...15348
+728
732-201/15B402
732-201/15C402
732-201/15B402
732-201/15C402
15229...15348
15229...15348
14501...14620
14501...14620
-728
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/15B,15C (continue)
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/15B501
732-201/15C501
732-221/15B501
732-221/15C501
14403...14522
14403...14522
14893...15012
14893...15012
+490
732-201/15B502
732-201/15C502
732-221/15B502
732-221/15C502
14893...15012
14893...15012
14403...14522
14403...14522
-490
732-201/15B503
732-201/15C503
732-221/15B503
732-221/15C503
14515...14634
14487...14606
15005...15124
14977...15096
+490
732-201/15B504
732-201/15C504
732-221/15B504
732-221/15C504
15005...15124
14977...15096
14515...14634
14487...14606
-490
732-201/15B505
732-201/15C505
732-221/15B505
732-221/15C505
14627...14746
14571...14690
15117...15236
15061...15180
+490
732-201/15B506
732-201/15C506
732-221/15B506
732-221/15C506
15117...15236
15061...15180
14627...14746
14571...14690
-490
732-201/15B507
732-201/15C507
732-221/15B507
732-221/15C507
14739...14858
14655...14774
15229...15348
15145...15264
+490
732-201/15B508
732-201/15C508
732-221/15B508
732-221/15C508
15229...15348
15145...15264
14739...14858
14655...14774
-490
732-221/15B509
732-221/15C509
14739...14858 15229...15348 +490
732-221/15B510
732-221/15C510
15229...15348 14739...14858 -490
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/15B,15C (continue)
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/15B601
732-201/15C601
732-221/15B601
732-221/15C601
14626...14704
14626...14706
14941...15019
14941...15021
+315
732-201/15B602
732-201/15C602
732-221/15B602
732-221/15C602
14941...15019
14941...15021
14626...14704
14626...14705
-315
732-201/15B603
732-201/15C603
732-221/15B603
732-221/15C603
14696...14774
14678...14758
15011...15089
14993...15073
+315
732-201/15B604
732-201/15C604
732-221/15B604
732-221/15C604
15011...15089
14993...15073
15081...15159
14678...14758
-315
732-201/15B605
732-201/15C605
732-221/15B605
732-221/15C605
14766...14844
14730...14810
14696...14774
15045...15125
+315
732-201/15B606
732-201/15C606
732-221/15B606
732-221/15C606
15081...15159
15045...15125
14766...14884
14730...14810
-315
732-201/15B607
732-201/15C607
732-221/15B607
732-221/15C607
14836...14914
14782...14862
15151...15229
15097...15177
+315
732-201/15B608
732-201/15C608
732-221/15B608
732-221/15C608
15151...15229
15097...15177
14836...14914
14782...14862
-315
732-221/15B609
732-221/15C609
14834...14914 15149...15229 +315
732-221/15B610
732-221/15C610
15149...15229 14834...14914 -315
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/18B,18C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/18B001
732-201/18C001
732-221/18B001
732-221/18C001
18575...18663
18575...18663
18915...19003
18915...19003
+340
732-201/18B002
732-201/18C002
732-221/18B002
732-221/18C002
18915...19003
18915...19003
18575...18663
18575...18663
-340
732-201/18B003
732-201/18C003
732-221/18B003
732-221/18C003
18656...18744
18629...18717
18996...19084
18969...19057
+340
732-201/18B004
732-201/18C004
732-221/18B004
732-221/18C004
18996...19084
18969...19057
18656...18744
18629...18717
-340
732-201/18B005
732-201/18C005
732-221/18B005
732-221/18C005
18737...18825
18683...18771
19077...19165
19023...19111
+340
732-201/18B006
732-201/18C006
732-221/18B006
732-221/18C006
19077...19165
19023...19111
18737...18825
18683...18771
-340
732-221/18B007
732-221/18C007
18737...18825 19077...19165 +340
732-221/18B008
732-221/18C008
19077...19165 18737...18825 -340
732-201/18B101
732-201/18C101
732-221/18B101
732-221/18C101
17700...17956
17700...17956
18710...18966
18710...18966
+1010
732-201/18B102
732-201/18C102
732-221/18B102
732-221/18C102
18710...18966
18710...18966
17700...17956
17700...17956
-1010
732-201/18B103
732-201/18C103
732-221/18B103
732-221/18C103
17947...18202
17883.5...18139.5
18957...19212
18893.5...19149.5
+1010
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/18B,18C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/18B104
732-201/18C104
732-221/18B104
732-221/18C104
18957...19212
18893.5...19149.5
17947...18202
17883.5...18139.5
-1010
732-201/18B105
732-201/18C105
732-221/18B105
732-221/18C105
18195...18449
18067...18323
19205...19459
19077...19333
+1010
732-201/18B106
732-201/18C106
732-221/18B106
732-221/18C106
19205...19459
19077...19333
18195...18449
18067...18323
-1010
732-201/18B107
732-201/18C107
732-221/18B107
732-221/18C107
18442...18690
18250.5...18506.5
19452...19700
19260.5...19516.5
+1010
732-201/18B108
732-201/18C108
732-221/18B108
732-221/18C108
19452...19700
19260.5...19516.5
18442...18690
18250.5...18506.5
-1010
732-201/18B201
732-201/18C201
732-221/18B201
732-221/18C201
18579...18611
18579...18613
18699...18731
18699...18733
+120
732-201/18B202
732-201/18C202
732-221/18B202
732-221/18C202
18699...18731
18699...18733
18579...18611
18579...18613
-120
732-201/18B203
732-201/18C203
732-221/18B203
732-221/18C203
18597...18629
18586...18619
18717...18749
18705...18739
+120
732-201/18B204
732-201/18C204
732-221/18B204
732-221/18C204
18717...18749
18705...18739
18597...18629
18586...18619
-120
732-201/18B205
732-201/18C205
732-221/18B205
732-221/18C205
18615...18647
18591...18625
18735...18767
18711...18745
+120
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/18B,18C (continue)
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/18B206
732-201/18C206
732-221/18B206
732-221/18C206
18735...18767
18711...18745
18615...18647
18591...18625
-120
732-201/18B207
732-201/18C207
732-221/18B207
732-221/18C207
18633...18665
18597...18631
18753...18785
18717...18751
+120
732-201/18B208
732-201/18C208
732-221/18B208
732-221/18C208
18753...18785
18717...18751
18633...18665
18597...18631
-120
732-201/18B209
732-201/18C209
732-221/18B209
732-221/18C209
18651...18683
18603...18637
18771...18803
18723...18757
+120
732-201/18B210
732-201/18C210
732-221/18B210
732-221/18C210
18771...18803
18723...18757
18651...18683
18603...18637
-120
732-201/18B211
732-201/18C211
732-221/18B211
732-221/18C211
18669...18701
18609...18643
18789...18821
18729...18763
+120
732-201/18B212
732-201/18C212
732-221/18B212
732-221/18C212
18789...18821
18729...18763
18669...18701
18609...18643
-120
732-221/18B213
732-221/18C213
18615...18649 18735...18769 +120
732-221/18B214
732-221/18C214
18735...18769 18615...18649 -120
732-221/18B215
732-221/18C215
18621...18655 18741...18775 +120
732-221/18B216
732-221/18C216
18741...18775 18621...18655 -120
732-221/18B217
732-221/18C217
18627...18661 18747...18781 +120
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/18B,18C (continue)
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-221/18B218
732-221/18C218
18747...18781 18627...18661 -120
732-221/18B219
732-221/18C219
18633...18667 18753...18787 +120
732-221/18B220
732-221/18C220
18753...18787 18633...18667 -120
732-221/18B221
732-221/18C221
18639...18673 18759...18793 +120
732-221/18B222
732-221/18C222
18759...18793 18639...18673 -120
732-221/18B223
732-221/18C223
18645...18679 18765...18799 +120
732-221/18B224
732-221/18C224
18765...18799 18645...18679 -120
732-221/18B225
732-221/18C225
18651...18685 18771...18805 +120
732-221/18B226
732-221/18C226
18771...18805 18651...18685 -120
732-221/18B227
732-221/18C227
18657...18691 18777...18811 +120
732-221/18B228
732-221/18C228
18777...18811 18657...18691 -120
732-221/18B229
732-221/18C229
18663...18697 18783...18817 +120
732-221/18B230
732-221/18C230
18783...18817 18663...18697 -120
732-221/18B231
732-221/18C231
18669...18703 18789...18823 +120
732-221/18B232
732-221/18C232
18789...18823 18669...18703 -120
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/18B,18C (continue)
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/18B301
732-201/18C301
732-221/18B301
732-221/18C301
17706...17927
17706...17934
19266...19487
19266...19494
+1560
732-201/18B302
732-201/18C302
732-221/18B302
732-221/18C302
19266...19487
19266...19494
17706...17927
17706...17934
-1560
732-201/18B303
732-201/18C303
732-221/18B303
732-221/18C303
17927...18134
17906...18134
19487...19694
19466...19694
+1560
732-201/18B304
732-201/18C304
732-221/18B304
732-221/18C304
19487...19694
19466...19694
17927...18134
17906...18134
-1560
53-001A8-102/E
Tab. 40 - ODU frequency tabIe P/N 732-201/23B, 23C -
732-221/23B, 23C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/23B001
732-201/23C001
732-221/23B001
732-221/23C001
22000...22294
22000...22314
23008...23302
23008...23322
+1008
732-201/23B002
732-201/23C002
732-221/23B002
732-221/23C002
23008...23302
23008...23322
22000...22294
22000...22314
-1008
732-201/23B003
732-201/23C003
732-221/23B003
732-221/23C003
22287...22600
22286...22600
23295...23608
23294...23608
+1008
732-201/23B004
732-201/23C004
732-221/23B004
732-221/23C004
23295...23608
23294...23608
22287...22600
22286...22600
-1008
732-201/23B101
732-201/23C101
732-221/23B101
732-221/23C101
21200...21494
21200...21513
22432...22726
22432...22745
+1232
732-201/23B102
732-201/23C102
732-221/23B102
732-221/23C102
22432...22726
22432...22745
21200...21494
21200...21513
-1232
732-201/23B103
732-201/23C103
732-221/23B103
732-221/23C103
21487...21781
21485...21798
22719...23013
22717...23030
+1232
732-201/23B104
732-201/23C104
732-221/23B104
732-221/23C104
22719...23013
22717...23030
21487...21781
21485...21798
-1232
732-201/23B105
732-201/23C105
732-221/23B105
732-221/23C105
21774...22082
21770...22083
23006...23314
23002...23315
+1232
732-201/23B106
732-201/23C106
732-221/23B106
732-221/23C106
23006...23314
23002...23315
21774...22082
21770...22083
-1232
53-001A8-102/E
Tab. 40 - ODU frequency P/N 732-201/23B, 23C -
732-221/23B, 23C (continue)
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/23B107
732-201/23C107
732-221/23B107
732-221/23C107
22075...22369
22055...22368
23307...23601
23287...23600
+1232
732-201/23B108
732-201/23C108
732-221/23B108
732-221/23C108
23307...23601
23287...23600
22075...22369
22055...22368
-1232
732-201/23B201
732-201/23C201
732-221/23B201
732-221/23C201
21200...21515
21200...21521
22400...22715
22400...22721
+1200
732-201/23B202
732-201/23C202
732-221/23B202
732-221/23C202
22400...22715
22400...22721
21200...21515
21200...21521
-1200
732-201/23B203
732-201/23C203
732-221/23B203
732-221/23C203
21497...21809
21493...21814
22697...23009
22693...23014
+1200
732-201/23B204
732-201/23C204
732-221/23B204
732-221/23C204
22697...23009
22693...23014
21497...21809
21493...21814
-1200
732-201/23B205
732-201/23C205
732-221/23B205
732-221/23C205
21780...22102
21786...22107
22980...23302
22986...23307
+1200
732-201/23B206
732-201/23C206
732-221/23B206
732-221/23C206
22980...23302
22986...23307
21780...22102
21786...22107
-1200
732-201/23B207
732-201/23C207
732-221/23B207
732-221/23C207
22074...22404
22079...22400
23274...23600
23279...23600
+1200
732-201/23B208
732-201/23C208
732-221/23B208
732-221/23C208
23274...23600
23279...23600
22074...22404
22079...22400
-1200
53-001A8-102/E
732-221/26B, 26C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/26B001
732-201/26C001
732-221/26B001
732-221/26C001
24549...24857
24549...24867
25557...25865
25557...25875
+1008
732-201/26B002
732-201/26C002
732-221/26B002
732-221/26C002
25557...25865
25557...25875
24549...24857
24549...24867
-1008
732-201/26B003
732-201/26C003
732-221/26B003
732-221/26C003
24843...25144
24839...25157
25851...26152
25847...26165
+1008
732-201/26B004
732-201/26C004
732-221/26B004
732-221/26C004
25851...26152
25847...26165
24843...25144
24839...25157
-1008
732-201/26B005
732-201/26C005
732-221/26B005
732-221/26C005
25130...25445
25129...25445
26138...26453
26137...26453
+1008
732-201/26B006
732-201/26C006
732-221/26B006
732-221/26C006
26138...26453
26137...26453
25130...25445
25129...25445
-1008
53-001A8-102/E
P/N 732-221/38B, 38C
ODU P/N
Freq. RX
(MHz)
Freq. TX
(MHz)
Shifter
freq.
(MHz)
732-201/38B001
732-201/38C001
732-221/38B001
732-221/38C001
37058...37438
37058...37450
38318...38698
38318...38710
+1260
732-201/38B002
732-201/38C002
732-221/38B002
732-221/38C002
38318...38698
38318...38710
37058...37438
37058...37450
-1260
732-201/38B003
732-201/38C003
732-221/38B003
732-221/38C003
37431...37811
37422...37814
38691...39071
38682...39074
+1260
732-201/38B004
732-201/38C004
732-221/38B004
732-221/38C004
38691...39071
38682...39074
37431...37811
37422...37814
-1260
732-201/38B005
732-201/38C005
732-221/38B005
732-221/38C005
37798...38178
37786...38178
39058...39438
39046...39438
+1260
732-201/38B006
732-201/38C006
732-221/38B006
732-221/38C006
39058...39438
39046...39438
37798...38178
37786...38178
-1260
53-001A8-102/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L
Control and check devices
53-001A8-103/E
Control and check devices SRA L
53-001A8-103/E
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Control and check devices
53-001A8-103/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 CONTROL AND CHECK DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1 LEDs and display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.1 LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.2 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.2 Switches and push-buttons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.2.1 Power-on switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.2.2 Push-buttons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3 OPERATING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.1 Equipment switching-on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.2 RX channel automatic/manual selection in protected configuration . . . . . . 12
3.3 Alarm storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.4 ODU restart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.5 Use of the service telephone channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
53-001A8-103/E
Illustrations
Fig. 1 IDU front view (fully equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
53-001A8-103/E
Tables
Tab. 1 IDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Tab. 2 IDU push-buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
53-001A8-103/E
1 GENERAL
This document describes all the operational procedures that can be carried out by
means of the control and check devices located on IDU front panel.
The equipment operation is almost fully automatic: consequently, the only operational
procedures on the equipment are:
equipment turning on/off
automatic/manual selection of the radio channel ((1+1) configurations only)
alarm storage
ODU restart
use of the service telephone channel (should IDU be equipped with EOW unit).
The equipment configuration and control are carried out via software through a PC either
in local mode or in remote one. In local mode, it is necessary to connect the PC to PC
connector of the Controller unit.
The PC connection to the equipment can also be made the equipment being active.
Fig. 1 shows the IDU front panel where all the control and check devices are located.
53-001A8-103/E
Fig. 1 IDU front view (fully equipped)
(*) Optional
(**) Not present in case of (1+0) configuration
P/N 732-101/01
P/N 732-101/11
53-001A8-103/E
2 CONTROL AND CHECK DEVICES
2.1 LEDs and display
2.1.1 LED
In Tab. 1, with reference to Fig. 1, the LEDs are described, located on IDU front panel.
2.1.2 Display
On RTM unit front panel (see Fig. 1), a 2-digit display is located, identified by wording
"RCV FIELD", for the displaying (in dBm) of the RF signal level present at the input of
the corresponding ODU assy..
The displayed value on "RCV FIELD" display of RTM unit ranges between -91 dBm
(min. received power) and -30 dBm (max. received power) with nominal indication
accuracy. Should the received power be below the minimum threshold, number "-99" is
displayed. Instead, should the received power exceeds the maximum threshold, the
value power indication accurancy makes worse since the ODU RX RF chain saturates
and so prevents the equipment damaging limiting the signal level. Up to real received
signal power -20 dBm the equipments works correctly with BER 10
-10
.
2.2 Switches and push-buttons
2.2.1 Power-on switch
This switch, named POWER ON/OFF, is located on 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit front panel
(see Fig. 1) and it is used to turn on (position ON) or off (position OFF) the whole SRA
L equipment (IDU and ODU).
2.2.2 Push-buttons
In Tab. 2, with reference to Fig. 1, all the push-buttons, located on IDU, are described.
53-001A8-103/E
Tab. 1 IDU LEDs
Unit LED acronym Colour Description
RTM
\
RED Unit internal general alarm; an alarm is active the origin of
which is inside RTM unit.
ODU ALM RED ODU general alarm; an alarm is active inside ODU.
OPEN CABLE RED IF cable underload; the current load on IF interface is too
low. The possible causes are: cable interruption/
disconnection, ODU absence/open circuit.
ODU OVL RED IF cable overload; the current load on IF interface is too
high. The possible cause is: ODU cable short-circuit.
ON LINE GREEN Indicates which RTM unit is operating in (1+1)
configuration. In (1+0) configuration, the LED is always on.
In 2(1+0) configuration, both LEDs of two RTM units are
on.
CH1 YELLOW Channel 1 currently utilized; the unit is currently operating
by utilizing the channel 1.
CH2 YELLOW Channel 2 currently utilized; the unit is currently operating
by utilizing the channel 2.
ALIGN GREEN Hitless switching operational; the hitless elastic memory is
aligned and, consequently, the hitless switching can
operate (signifiant only in (1+1) configuration).
BER RED High BER; an error rate is detected of the whole radio
channel higher than the 10
-3
limit.
CONTROLLER
\
RED Unit internal general alarm; an alarm is active the origin of
which is inside the Controller unit.
ABN YELLOW Radio system abnormal operation; the SRA L system is in
test or manual/software forcing condition (e.g., the
loop-back is active).
URG RED Urgent alarm active; one of the "urgent" alarms of the
equipment is active.
NURG RED Not urgent alarm active; one of the "not urgent" alarms of
the equipment is active.
IND YELLOW Indicative alarm; an alarm is active the origin of which is
probably due to a cause external to the local equipment
(e.g. AIS for backing input signal).
INT RED Internal alarm active; an alarm is active ("urgent" or "not
urgent") the cause of which is inside the local equipment
(IDU or ODU).
MEM RED Acknowledgement active; the equipment alarm status has
been acknowledged and LED "" has been reset.
(continue)
53-001A8-103/E
Tab. 1 IDU LEDs (continue)
Unit LED acronym Colour Description
CONTROLLER
RED Summary alarm; one of the equipment alarms is present
or became active after the last acknowledgement.
CH1 RED Channel 1 forced on line (automatic selection criteria
excluded and hitless RX switch forced on 1).
CH2 RED Channel 2 forced on line (automatic selection criteria
excluded and hitless RX switch forced on 2).
EOW
\
RED General alarm inside the unit; an alarm is active the origin
of which is inside EOW unit.
LINE 1 GREEN The EOW channel,for the sub-network 1 is currently
available (see doc. "Use of the service telephone
channel").
LINE 2 GREEN The EOW channel,for the sub-network 2 is currently
available (see doc. "Use of the service telephone
channel").
ODU GREEN The EOW channel is currently available only for the ODU
of the sub-networks for 2 according to "LINE 1" or "LINE 2"
LED is lighting up.
BUSY GREEN EOW channel busy; the EOW channel is currently used by
an operator.
CONF GREEN Conference mode active; the EOW channel of the radio
sub-system is currently utilized in conference mode.
Q-ADAPTER
\
of which is inside the Q-Adapter unit.
OS LINK GREEN The connection towards supervisory center is active; the
communication channel is active between the Q-Adapter
unit and the TMN supervisory center.
ALARM/
ALARM AND
FAN
\
of which is inside the Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit.
TEMP YELLOW Temperature alarm; the IDU inside temperature exceeds
the max. permitted limit (+70C).
2 Mbit/s
TRIBUTARY
- GREEN Equipment turned-on; the equipment supply voltage has
been applied through "POWER" switch.
53-001A8-103/E
Tab. 2 IDU push-buttons
(*) Only available for P/N 732-101/01. For P/N 732-101/11, automatic ODU power supply reconnection is
continuously performed every 15 sec (approx), after a short circuit condition is detected at IF interface.
Unit Acronym Description
RTM
ODU RESTART
(*)
Momentary type push-button; if pressed longer than 50 ms, it
determines the forced restart of ODU power supply. The ODU power
supply control circuit is located in the BB-MODEM unit and it sees to cut
the supply voltage to ODU should an excessive current load be
detected for more than 20 ms; after a delay of 50 ms, a trial is
automatically executed to restore the ODU power supply. Should the
overload condition subsist, the power is definitely cut.
The ODU power supply can be only restored by pressing "ODU
RESTART" push-button or by turning off and then turning on the
SRA L equipment (by means of "POWER ON/OFF" switch). Both the
methods reset the overload detection function but they have different
restoring times, due to the automatic start-up procedure following the
SRA L equipment turning-on by means of "POWER" switch.
CONTROLLER
MEM Momentary type push-button; if pressed longer than 50 ms, it
determines the current alarm status acknowledgement. "MEM" and
"RIEP" lines of "ALARMS" connector are utilized to provide a general
information concerning the SRA L equipment operating status. "RIEP"
line is active if at least one of equipment alarms is active. This condition
can be acknowledged by pressing push-button "MEM"; this causes the
"MEM" line activation and "RIEP" line deactivation. In this way, "RIEP"
line can be used to signal the activation of any alarm of SRA L
equipment after the last storage.
SEL 3-position toggle type push-button: channel 1 forced on line (LED "CH1"
ON), channel 2 forced on line (LED "CH2" ON), on line channel
automatic selection (no LEDs ON). The push-button allows to force the
hitless RX protection logic. For the (1+1) protected configuration, two
channels are simultaneously available but one at a time only is utilized
(the on line channel). In the case of automatic channel selection, the
choice of the on line channel is based on the alarm status of the two
channels. By "SEL" push-button, the automatic selection criteria can be
excluded and one of the two channels can be manually forced on line,
independently of the alarm status.
The current presetting of "SEL" push-button is signaled by the green
LEDs "CH1" and "CH2" of the Controller unit (see Tab. 1).
EOW
ODU CALL Momentary type push-button; when pressed, it causes the activation of
POE ringing bell signaling to the external operator that a telephone call
is active from IDU to ODU.
SEL 3-position toggle type push-button: radio sub-network 1 connected to
local EOW channel; radio sub-network 2 connected to local EOW
channel; local EOW channel connected to ODUs.
The push-button is operational in 2(1+0) configuration only while, in all
the other configurations, its actuation has no influence.
Only an EOW at a time is available on IDU front panel: "SEL"
push-button is used to select the line currently connected to EOW
channel of the local radio equipment. The current status of the
push-button is signaled by three LEDs "LINE 1", "LINE 2" and ODU
located on EOW unit (see Tab. 1).
53-001A8-103/E
3 OPERATING PROCEDURES
3.1 Equipment switching-on/off
The equipment switching-on is controlled by setting to ON the lever switch "POWER
ON/OFF" of the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit and by checking the relevant green LED turns on,
signaling the equipment supply voltage is applied and correct.
The equipment switching-off is controlled by setting to OFF the lever switch "POWER
ON/OFF" and by checking the relevant signaling green LED turns off.
3.2 RX channel automatic/manual selection in protected
configuration
By push-button "SEL" of the Controller unit, it is possible to force manually, in the case
of (1+1) configuration, the hitless RX protection logic.
The "SEL" push-button has no influence in all other system configurations (2(1+0),
(1+0), A/D-RPT). The "SEL" push-button is a 3-position toggle type:
channel automatic selection (normal condition)
manual forcing on line of channel 1
manual forcing on line of channel 2.
In the case of automatic selection, the green LEDs "CH1" and "CH2" are off; in the case
of manual selection, the green LED ("CH1" or "CH2"), corresponding to the channel
forced on line, is lit.
3.3 Alarm storage
By pressing "MEM" push-button of the Controller unit, it is possible to store the current
summarized alarm status (red LED "" on).
By pressing the "MEM" push-button, the yellow LED "MEM", on the Controller unit, turns
on and red LED "" turns off; this last LED turns on again should a new equipment alarm
occur after the last storage.
NOTE Before switching-on the equipment, the main power supply line
from the station battery has to be energized in this case the
following LEDs of the control unit are on: INT, URG and "".
53-001A8-103/E
3.4 ODU restart (*)
In condition of permanent ODU overload, signaled by the lighting up of LED "ODU OVL",
on the corresponding RTM unit the ODU power supply is automatically switched off.
To restore the ODU power supply, "ODU RESTART" push-button, of the corresponding
RTM unit, has to be pressed.
3.5 Use of the service telephone channel
The service telephone channel is available only if the IDU is equipped with EOW unit.
For the use of the service telephone channel, the allotted DTMF handset has to be
connected to the special jack BANTAM type, located on EOW unit front panel (see Fig.
1).
The operational functions relevant to the service telephone channel are performed
through the DTMF handset and the relevant command/check devices on EOW unit front
panel (see Tab. 1 and Tab. 2).
As far as the use procedure is concerned of the service telephone channel, refer to the
relevant document ("Use of the service telephone channel").
(*) Only available for P/N 732-101/01. For P/N 732-101/11, automatic ODU power
supply reconnection is continuously performed every 15 sec (approx), after a
short circuit condition is detected at IF interface.
53-001A8-103/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L
Use of the service telephone channel
53-001A8-104/E
Use of the service telephone channel SRA L
53-001A8-104/E
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Use of the service telephone channel
53-001A8-104/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 COMPOSITION OF THE SERVICE
TELEPHONE CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3 USE OF THE SERVICE TELEPHONE SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.1 Connection type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2 Access modes to the service network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3 Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3.1 Line seizure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3.2 Selective call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3.2.1 Inclusion function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.3.2.2 Multiple selective call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.3.3 Omnibus call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.3.4 Local call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.4 DTMF signaling codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.5 Control and call tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.6 EOW unit alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
53-001A8-104/E
Illustrations
Fig. 1 Principle diagram of the service telephone channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fig. 2 EOW unit front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fig. 3 DTFM handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fig. 4 DTMF handset connection to EOW unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
53-001A8-104/E
Tables
Tab. 1 POL LEDs of area indication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Tab. 2 POL LEDs upon multiple selective call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Tab. 3 POL LEDs upon omnibus call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
53-001A8-104/E
1 GENERAL
This document gives the instruction for the use of the service telephone channel
installed in the SRA L radio system digital low capacity.
The service telephone allows the access to the service speech channel of SRA L system
by using byte EOW inside the Base Band frame.
On one side, the service telephone interfaces the keyboard handset with DTMF (Dual
Tone Multi Frequency) signaling type and, on the other side, the association, branching,
switching and restitution circuits of the speech and signaling signal.
The principle diagram of the service telephone channel is shown in Fig. 1.
The EOW unit includes the following devices:
conversion and branching
conversation
DTMF and E&M signaling
management of the local communication from/to ODU.
In the systems where two separate multiplexing sections (side 1 and side 2) are
available, the operator post gets access to side 1 EOW byte and side 2 EOW byte
without being necessary to duplicate the unit.
In relation with a generic equipment, the speech signal can be addressed to the line
aggregate, to the Local Operator Post (POL), to the 4-wire + E&M extension output and
to ODU user.
All the performances of the service telephone channel are kept also in absence of the
network controller unit.
Fig. 1 Principle diagram of the service telephone channel
53-001A8-104/E
2 COMPOSITION OF THE SERVICE
TELEPHONE CHANNEL
The service telephone channel comprises:
EOW unit (Engineering Order Wire), P/N 612-901/21 (see Fig. 2) (*)
DTMF handset, P/N 634-901/02 (see Fig. 3).
EOW unit is arranged for installation to IDU; Fig. 4 shows the location of EOW unit in
IDU sub-rack. The DTMF hand set is provided with a 2 m long extension.
Fig. 2 EOW unit front view
Fig. 3 DTFM handset
(*) For P/N 732-101/01, the P/N 612-901/21 replaces the P/N 612-901/20
previously used. The new P/N can be used as spare part of the old one and
vice-versa.
53-001A8-104/E
3 USE OF THE SERVICE TELEPHONE SET
3.1 Connection type
The involved sections are those of line and the local ones towards ODU and they are
distinguished each other both as speech and as signaling.
The IDU user gets access to the service telephone channel through the 2-wire standard
telephone interface, using the jack BANTAM, located on the EOW front panel (see Fig.
4).
The ODU user gets access to the service telephone channel by means of a dedicated
portable system (POE), through which it can carry out the utmost part of the executable
functions even if the associated IDU post is unmanned (see document "Use of POE").
The service telephone set allows the following connection types for stations belonging
to the same service network:
between any two stations
between a station and all the other ones
between a station (IDU) and its external operator post (ODU) (*)
between two ODUs in conference with the corresponding IDU (*).
Two telephone service extensions are available (4-wire interface + E&M) for the line
telephone channel.
Fig. 4 DTMF handset connection to EOW unit
(*) IDU-ODU and ODU-IDU calls are possible only if ODU P/N is 732-201/XX
ODU P/N 732-201/XXB, C are not connected to EOW.
53-001A8-104/E
3.2 Access modes to the service network
Two different calling areas are available:
an area relevant to the multiplexing section of the aggregate signal (line area)
an area relevant to the connection section with ODU (local area). *
The POL, if free, is connected in automatic mode to the calling section upon receiving
the call.
In call phase, the service area choice is manually performed, by means of "SEL"
push-button (see Fig. 2).
This selection, that can be carried out the handset being hung-up, is signaled by LEDs
(see Tab. 2).
Tab. 1 POL LEDs of area indication
ON = LED steady lit; OFF = LED off
3.3 Call
The service channel provides a calling system on line with signaling in band (DTMF
type, as per CCITT Rec. Q.23) and a dedicated calling system to the local area. The
following operational actions are possible:
selective and omnibus call on line
multiple selective call (max. 3 users), executable only from IDU
dedicated call to/from ODU with/without line area seizure.
The EOW unit (see Fig. 2) is provided with the required devices for the call generation,
sending, reception and detection.
The call sending takes place through the handset keyboard towards the line area,
through push-button "ODU-CALL" towards the local area.
(*) IDU-ODU and ODU-IDU calls are possible only if ODU P/N is 732-201/XX
ODU P/N 732-201/XXB, C are not connected to EOW.
Selection
LED
LINE1
LED
LINE2
LED
ODU
NOTES
Line 1
((2+0) system)
ON OFF OFF ODU 1 in conference on line 1
Line 2
((2+0) system)
OFF ON OFF ODU 2 in conference on line 2
Line 1 and 2
((1+1) system)
ON ON OFF ODU 1 and ODU 2 in conference on
line
ODU 1
((2+0) system)
ON OFF ON Upon unhooking, seizure to ODU 1
takes place but not towards line 1
ODU 2
((2+0) system)
OFF ON ON Upon unhooking, seizure to ODU 2
takes place but not towards line 2
53-001A8-104/E
The address assignment is the same for IDU user and ODU user of every single station,
and can be realized both locally (through the PC) and by the management center
(through the Q interface).
The possible address include the digit pairs ranging between "10" and "99"; the digit
pairs ranging between "01" and "09" are reserved to the manager for external
addressing functions to the POL.
To maintain the compatibility towards PDH networks of the previous generation (which
can be interfaced through 4-wire + E&M extensions), the symbol "*" has to precede the
station digits relevant to those equipments.
The same procedures has to be carried out should the interface be wanted to networks
equipped with POLs, using numbering systems with more than two digits.
3.3.1 Line seizure
The seizure of the line area by IDU user takes place automatically at handset
unhooking. In this conditions, the ODU is set to conference mode and the ODU user gets
the speech inclusion upon unhooking. The IDU user receives, the line being free, the
free tone or, otherwise, the busy tone.
In the first case, the LED "BUSY" turns on in all the stations and the other users receives
the busy tone upon unhooking.
If, within 30 s 5%, the calling user does not select any user, the line is automatically
disengaged and LED "BUSY" turns off on all POLs: the calling user, in this case,
receives the busy tone and, in order to make a new call, it must release the line
previously selected and seize it again.
In the case of automatic disengagement of the line, it is in any case possible to address
a call to the user having previously seized the line, even if the handset has not been
hung-up. In this case, the called user, for answering, must hang-up and unhook the
handset. The local area seizure (towards ODU) takes place automatically upon
unhooking by the user which does not receive, in this case, the control tone as far as the
ODU status is concerned.
Should an user be engaged in an area (line or local) and want to seize another area, it
must release the line previously seized (hanging-up the handset), perform the selection
by push-button "SEL" and then the seizure.
The line seizure end takes place when the calling or called user hangs up the handset;
the other one receives the busy tone.
The line seizure end, by one user at least, allows the reception of the call of both the
users to be enabled.
3.3.2 Selective call
In the case of selective call, the call itself can be addressed to any user of the line by
dialing a pre-fixed digit pair ranging from "10" and "99", by means of the DTMF handset,
both from IDU and ODU.
Each service telephone, after the reception of the first digit pair, inhibits the knowledge
of further numeric digits.
The dialing having been made, the calling user receives the "call control" tone from the
called user. The reception of the call causes, on the operator post of the called user, the
activation of the ringing bell and the blinking of "BUSY" LED.
The unhooking by the called user causes:
the sending of the answer code on line
53-001A8-104/E
locally, the deactivation of the ringing bell, of the sending of the call control tone
and the steady lighting-up of LED "BUSY"
the activation of the speech connection.
If, within a time ranging between 60 s 5% the calling user does not receive the answer
code from the called user, the seizure end code is generated with the extinction of all
"BUSY" LEDs, reception of the busy tone and deactivation of the ringing bell of the
called user; the calling user, however, is enabled to the reception of calls.
The calling user has to release and seize again the line to be able to call again.
The reception of the answer code by the calling user causes:
the inhibition of the 60 s timer
The line seizure end takes place when the calling or called user hooks on the handset:
the other user will receive the busy tone.
Should the POL of an IDU user, being in local conversation to ODU, be reached by an
omnibus call coming from the line, it will store this condition by having the line LED
blinking.
On the next hanging-up, the user, now considered free, can manually select the line to
insert in the omnibus conversation.
Some special functions are provided which are executable by the IDU user only; the
inclusion function and the multiple selective call.
3.3.2.1 Inclusion function
A selective call between two users of the line must be confidential. However, an IDU
user, not engaged in that call, can perform the speech bidirectional insertion in the
conversation in progress by keeping push-button "SEL" pressed; its insertion is signaled
on line by a permanent inclusion tone its insertion is signaled on line by a permanent
inclusion tone so that the reservedness of the selective conversation.
The exclusion from the insertion occurs on releasing the push-button or on hanging-up
the handset.
The inclusion of the external operator in a conversation involving the internal post and
vice versa is always possible; in such a case, the inclusion tone is not generated.
53-001A8-104/E
3.3.2.2 Multiple selective call
During a selective conversation between two users, one of them can make another call
to a third user thus performing the function of multiple selective call.
By pressing and releasing the push-button "SEL", it locally enables the lighting up of
LED "CONF" and send on line the presetting code relevant to the multiple selective call
(DTMF "D" code).
The speech connection between the two users is provisionally interrupted until the
emission of the second dialing digit.
Besides, the calling user, after having preset the line for the multiple selective call, can
annul it before the third user answers, by pressing and releasing push-button "SEL".
At digit or answer time-out expiring, the calling user automatically sends on line the "C"
code (which takes also the function of annulment of call and of presetting to the multiple
selective call), bringing back the line in the condition of selective conversation in
progress.
If, during the multiple selective conversation, one of the two users of the original
selective call should press and release push-button "SEL" (sending of DTMF "D" code),
this will annul the added conversation by bringing the line back to the presetting
condition to the multiple selective call (this in order to limit to three the maximum number
of users).
The evolution of POL LED, in the case of selective and multiple selective call, is shown
in Tab. 2.
Tab. 2 POL LEDs upon multiple selective call
BL = LED blinking; ON = LED on; OFF = LED off
Situation and status
Calling user Called user
answering
Called user not
answering
BUSY
(green)
CONF
(yellow)
BUSY
(green)
CONF
(yellow)
BUSY
(green)
CONF
(yellow)
1 Line seizure ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
2 Selective call ON OFF LAMP OFF ON OFF
3 Answer to selective call ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
4 Inclusion in selective call ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
5 Presetting to added call ON ON ON OFF ON OFF
6 End of dialing added call ON ON ON OFF LAMP OFF
7 Answer to added call ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
8 Hanging-up of added user ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
9 Hanging-up of calling user OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
10 Hanging-up of called user OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
53-001A8-104/E
3.3.3 Omnibus call
In the case of omnibus call, the call can be addressed to all the users of the chosen
service area by dialing, with DTMF handset, the fixed number "00".
The dialing having been made, the calling user receives the call control tone, locally
generated.
Should the call reach a station already engaged on a local area, it will not generate the
busy tone.
The reception of the call automatically connects all the free POLs to the line with the
blinking of LEDs "BUSY" and "CONF" and the activation of the ringing bell.
On the POLs, engaged in local area, the omnibus call status in progress is signaled by
the blinking of area led and the ringing bell is not activated.
If within a time ranging between 60 s 5% no called user answers, the local deactivation
of the ringing bell takes place as well as the steady lighting up of LEDs "BUSY" and the
permanent blinking of LEDs "CONF".
Besides, the calling user generates the seizure end code of the line (the LEDs turn off),
receives the busy tone but it is enabled to call reception; to make a call, the user must
hang-up the handset and seize again the line.
The unhooking of at least one of the called users causes:
locally, the deactivation of the ringing bell, the steady lighting-up of "BUSY" LED
(only in the station having answered to the call) and the sending to the calling user
of the answer code
The reception of the answer code by the calling user causes locally:
the interruption of the local "call control" tone generation
the interruption of 60 s timer
the activation of speech connection.
On all the connected LOPs, which have not answered to the call, LED "BUSY" and
"CONF" continue blinking and the ringing bell will be kept active for 60 s 5% starting
form the call beginning.
On the POLs which are not connected because engaged on a local area, the ringing bell
is not activated but the line led will blink until the end of the conversation.
On expiring of the mentioned time, the ringing bells will be locally deactivated on all the
connected POLs that have not answered to the call and LEDs "BUSY" will light steady
and LEDs "CONF" will blink.
The LED evolution on IDU, in the case of omnibus call, is shown in Tab. 3.
53-001A8-104/E
Tab. 3 POL LEDs upon omnibus call
BL = LED blinking; ON = LED on; OFF = LED off
3.3.4 Local call
The local call is the one between the IDU and ODU users and viceversa without
involving the line.
An user performing a selective call from the line destined to the equipment engaged in
a local call or conversation receives, in this case, the busy tone.
The local call from IDU to ODU is made, after selecting the local area, by pressing the
dedicated call push-button "ODU CALL" and by waiting the speech inclusion of the ODU
user which does not send the call control tone.
On ODU equipment, the ringing bell is activated for all the time the push-button is
pressed.
The local call from ODU to IDU is made by pressing the call push-button located on POE
and by waiting the speech inclusion of IDU user which do not send the call control tone.
Instead, the ODU user automatically obtains the speech inclusion on unhooking the
handset if the IDU user is already engaged in a conversation towards the line area.
At the end of the conversation, the actual annulment of the conversation is obtained on
IDU user hanging-up, being impossible to point out the ODU user handset status by the
controller of EOW unit.
Situation and status
Calling user Called user
answering
Called user not
answering
BUSY
(green)
CONF
(yellow)
BUSY
(green)
CONF
(yellow)
BUSY
(green)
CONF
(yellow)
1 Line seizure ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
2 Omnibus call ON OFF LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP
3 T < 60 sec
An answer at least
ON OFF ON LAMP LAMP LAMP
4 T < 60 sec
Inclusion of called user
ON OFF ON ON LAMP LAMP
5 T > 60 sec
An answer at least
ON OFF ON LAMP ON LAMP
6 T > 60 sec
Inclusion of called user
ON OFF ON ON ON LAMP
7 Exclusion of included user ON OFF ON LAMP ON LAMP
8 Hanging-up of calling user ON OFF ON LAMP ON LAMP
9 Hanging-up of called user OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
53-001A8-104/E
3.4 DTMF signaling codes
The DTMF codes sent on line complies with CCITT Rec. Q.22 and Q.23.
EOW unit is able to generate and knowledge A, B, C and D DTMF codes to perform the
following functions:
DTMF A code:
line seizure
DTMF B code:
line seizure end or line reset
DTMF C code:
answer to call and reset of the call and of the presetting to multiple selective call
TMF D code:
presetting to multiple selective call and clearance of the added conversation in
progress.
3.5 Control and call tones
The control and call tones have the following characteristics:
free tone: continuous 450 Hz tone
busy tone: 450 Hz tone with 0.2 s signal and 0.2 s pause times
control tone: 450 Hz with of 0.8 s signal and 2.4 s pause times
inclusion tone: 450 Hz with of 0.2 - 0.2 - 0.2 - 1 s signal and pause times
ringing bell command for the selective and multiple selective call: 0.8 s signal and
2.4 s pause times
ringing bell command for omnibus call: 0.8 s signal and 0.8 s pause times
ringing bell command for local call: manual signal time for calls from IDU to ODU
or 0.8 s signal and 0.8 s pause times for cells from ODU to IDU.
3.6 EOW unit alarm
EOW unit is provided with a red LED signaling that the unit is defective or is in a self-test
phase at turning-on.
The unit has to be considered defective even when it does not answer to the
interrogations of the main controller.
53-001A8-104/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L
Equipment installation
53-001A8-200/E
Equipment installation SRA L
53-001A8-200/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Equipment installation
53-001A8-200/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2 20/30 cm SLIM ANTENNA INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1 20/30 cm slim antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2 Pole mounting of antenna support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.3 Antenna installation offset left side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.4 Antenna installation offset right side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.5 Overall size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.6 O-rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.7 Polarization adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.8 View with ODU 1+0 integrated system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.9 Elevation and azimuth adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3 60 cm SLIM ANTENNA INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.1 60 cm slim antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.2 Antenna for offset left side (standard delivery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.3 Antenna for offset right side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.4 Pole mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.5 Overall size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.6 O-rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4 30/60 cm STANDARD ANTENNA INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4.1 30/60 cm standard antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4.2 Antenna for offset left side (standard delivery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
4.3 Antenna for offset right side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4.4 Pole mounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
4.5 Overal size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.6 O-rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
5 1.2 m STANDARD ANTENNA INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5.1 1.2m standard antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5.2 Antenna assembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
5.3 Polarization plane adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.4 Strutting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
6 1+0 SLIM NOT INTEGRATED SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
6.1 Solution with flexible waveguide vertical polarization (standard) . . . . . . . 43
6.2 Solution with flexible waveguide horizontal polarization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
6.3 Slim 1+0 frame and flexible waveguide versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6.4 Frame arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6.5 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
6.6 O-rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
53-001A8-200/E
6.7 Overall size, slim 1+0 frame with 20/30 slim antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
6.8 Overall size, slim 1+0 with 60 cm slim antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
7 1+0 NOT INTEGRATED STANDARD SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
7.1 Solution with flexible waveguide vertical polarization (standard). . . . . . . . 51
7.2 Solution with flexible wave guide horizontal polarization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
7.3 Standard 1+0 frame and flexible wave guide versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
7.4 Frame arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.5 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
7.6 O-rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
8 1+1 FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
8.1 Solution with flexible wave guide vertical polarization (standard) . . . . . . . 57
8.2 Solution with flexible waveguide horizontal polarization (optional) . . . . . . 58
8.3 1+1 frame and flexible waveguide versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
8.4 Frame arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
8.5 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
8.6 O-rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
8.7 Overall size, 1+1 frame with 20/30 cm antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
8.8 Overall size. 1 + 1 frame with 60 cm antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
9 NOT-INTEGRATED SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
9.1 Solution with elliptical waveguide Vertical polarization (standard). . . . . . . 65
9.2 Solution with elliptical waveguide Horizontal polarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
9.3 Elliptical flexible waveguide and connector/accessory versions . . . . . . . . . 67
10 OUTDOOR ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
10.1 Assembly on support frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
10.2 ODU dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
10.3 Outdoor assembly versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
10.4 Vertical polarization application (standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
10.5 Horizontal polarization application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
10.6 Rx field measure connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
11 1/4 COAXIAL CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
11.1 Tipical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
11.2 Connection on ODU side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
11.3 Grounding connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
11.4 Fixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
11.4.1 Fixing for Andrew cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
11.4.2 Fixing for RFS-Kabelmetal cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
11.5 Rack assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
11.6 Andrew and RFS-Kabelmetal sets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
11.7 Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
12 IDU INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
12.1 Installation accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
12.2 IDU sub-rack arrangement for ETSI rack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
12.3 IDU sub-rack arrangement for 19" rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
12.4 IDU installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
53-001A8-200/E
13 INSTALLATION OF IDU OPTIONAL UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
53-001A8-200/E
Tables
Tab. 1 Fixing kit code 332-308/34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
53-001A8-200/E
1 GENERAL
In this document all the operations are described, required for the mechanical
installation of SRA L equipments.
2 20/30 cm SLIM ANTENNA INSTALLATION
2.1 20/30 cm slim antennas
FREQUENCY
BAND
(GHz)
ANTENNA
DIAMETER
(cm)
P/N FEEDER
FLANGE
15 30 601-402/01 PBR 140
18 30 601-402/02 PBR 220
23 20
30
601-401/01
601-402/03
PBR 220
26 20
30
601-401/02
601-402/04
PBR 220
38 20
30
601-401/04
601-402/06
PBR 320
CAUTION During the installation, while lifting the antenna and/or the
outdoor pole supporting frame, it is strictly forbidden to stand
or transit in the area below; the area has to be suitably
delimited or signaled according to regulations in force.
For the operations to be realized outside on antenna, frame,
ODU, all the required safeties, according to the regulations in
force, against accidental falls of the operators have to be
observed like the presence ot railings, safety bolts, etc.
53-001A8-200/E
2.2 Pole mounting of antenna support
"ATTENTION" INSTALL FIRST THE SAFETY COLLAR
53-001A8-200/E
2.3 Antenna installation offset left side
53-001A8-200/E
2.4 Antenna installation offset right side
53-001A8-200/E
2.5 Overall size
THE DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS (mm)
53-001A8-200/E
2.6 O-rings
(*) THE O-RINGS ARE SUPPLIED WITH THE ANTENNA
53-001A8-200/E
2.7 Polarization adjustment
53-001A8-200/E
2.8 View with ODU 1+0 integrated system
FOR THE ODU INSTALLATION SEE PAR. 10
53-001A8-200/E
2.9 Elevation and azimuth adjustment
53-001A8-200/E
3 60 cm SLIM ANTENNA INSTALLATION
3.1 60 cm slim antennas
FREQUENCY
BAND
(GHz)
P/N FEEDER
FLANGE
15 601-403/01 PBR 140
18 601-403/02 PBR 220
23 601-403/03 PBR 220
26 601-403/04 PBR 220
38 601-403/06 PBR 320
53-001A8-200/E
3.2 Antenna for offset left side (standard delivery)
WHEN IS REQUEST THE OFFSET RIGHT SIDE, SEE PAR. 3.2
53-001A8-200/E
3.3 Antenna for offset right side
53-001A8-200/E
3.4 Pole mounting
53-001A8-200/E
3.5 Overall size
53-001A8-200/E
3.6 O-rings
(*) THE O-RINGS ARE DELIVERED WITH THE ANTENNA
53-001A8-200/E
53-001A8-200/E
FOR THE ODU INSTALLATION REFERS TO PAR. 10
53-001A8-200/E
53-001A8-200/E
4 30/60 cm STANDARD ANTENNA
INSTALLATION
4.1 30/60 cm standard antennas
FREQUENCY
BAND
(GHz)
ANTENNA
DIAMETER
(cm)
P/N FEEDER
FLANGE
10.5 60 601-400/38 PBR 100
13 30
60
601-400/31
601-400/32
PBR 120
15 30
60
601-400/26
601-400/25
PBR 140
18 30
60
601-400/28
601-400/27
PBR 220
23 30
60
601-400/33
601-400/34
PBR 220
26 30
60
601-400/35
601-400/44
PBR 220
38 30
60
601-400/29
601-400/46
PBR 320
53-001A8-200/E
4.2 Antenna for offset left side (standard delivery)
WHEN IS REQUEST THE OFFSET RIGHT SIDE, SEE PAR. 4.3
53-001A8-200/E
4.3 Antenna for offset right side
53-001A8-200/E
4.4 Pole mounting
53-001A8-200/E
4.5 Overal size
53-001A8-200/E
4.6 O-rings
(*) THE RINGS ARE DELIVERED WITH THE ANTENNA
53-001A8-200/E
53-001A8-200/E
FOR THE ODU INSTALLATION REFERS TO PAR. 10
53-001A8-200/E
53-001A8-200/E
5 1.2 m STANDARD ANTENNA
INSTALLATION
5.1 1.2m standard antennas
FREQUENCY
BAND
(GHz)
P/N FEEDER
FLANGE
7 601-400/53 PDR 84
8 601-400/53 PDR 84
10.5 601-400/41 PBR 100
13 601-400/42 PBR 120
15 601-400/43 PBR 140
18 601-400/51 PBR 220
23 601-400/52 PBR 220
53-001A8-200/E
5.2 Antenna assembling
Place the antenna reflector on a flat surface and separate the reflector rim from the
ground by means of 3 lugs (A).
Install the 4 threaded rods M20 following the sequence indication of (B).
Install the frame having care to pIace the hole for ground connection towards "down".
NOTE The threaded rods shall be screwed in for at least 30mm.
A
B
53-001A8-200/E
Install the feed following the sequence indication of (D) and keeping the antenna
reflector as shown in (C).
The conductive ring (see item 2) is already glued to the feed flange.
(1) Flat head screw 3x10
(2) Conductive ring
(3) Feed
(4) O-ring
(5) (6) (7) M6 Nut, washer, spring washer
(8) Feed support
(9) Knurled screw M6
(10) Ground connection
C
D
53-001A8-200/E
The radome can be found in its carton pipe.
Place all the pulling items consisting of hooks, washers, springs and V-shaped rods
(item 6 of (E)) into the corresponding holes available on the L-shaped aluminium ring
(item 7) as shown in (E).
Place the fabric over the antenna aperture and insert the V-shaped rods into the eyelets
available on the radome.
Hook the pulling items to the V-shaped rods and gradually screw-in the nuts having
cared to distribute the pulling force among the pulling items. The radome can be fully
stretched as the spring length is reduced by about 1/3 of its free length.
E
53-001A8-200/E
Insert the collar pos. (1) on the pole. Lift the antenna with balancing rope near the pole
and fasten it with U-bolts pos. (2).
Fasten the strut to the frame and to the tower.
WARNING The bolts fixing the strut pos. (3) to the frame and the tower
must be loosened.
CAUTION Apply the pressurization gradually to reach the specified
value.
53-001A8-200/E
5.3 Polarization plane adjustment
For polarization plane adjustment, loosen the 6 nuts (see item 1), turn the feed clockwise
or counterwise together with the device till the best position is reached, then tighten the
above 6 nuts.
53-001A8-200/E
Azimuth coarse adjustment (20)
Untighten the nuts of the U-bolts pos. (2).
Move manually the antenna until the received signal is maximized. Tighten the nuts.
During the alignment let loose the nuts of the lateral strut pos. (3).
Zenith fine adjustment (20)
Tighten manually (do not lock) the spherical joints of the adjustment rods pos. (D) (C).
Unscrew completely the joints of the rod pos. (A). Screw unscrew alternatively the joints
of the rod pos. (B) until the Rx signal is maximized.
Tighten manually nuts pos. (B) (C) (D).
Azimuth fine adjustment (5)
Tighten manually the joints of the rods pos. (B) (D)
(Do not lock)
Unscrew completely the joints of the rod pos. (A).
Screw unscrew alternatively the joints of the rod pos. (C) until the Rx signal is
maximized.
Lock all the nuts.
CAUTION For antenna panning use three threaded bars only, the fourth
one must be loose all the time. It must be fastened just at the
end of the steering operation.
53-001A8-200/E
Clockwise Adjustment
Tighten manually (do not lock) the spherical joints of the adjustment rods pos. (A) (C).
Unscrew completely the joints of the rod pos. (B). Screw the joints of the rod pos. (D)
until the Rx signal is maximized.
Lock all the nuts.
Counter Clockwise Adjustment
Tighten manually (do not lock) the spherical joints of the adjustment rods pos. (B)(D).
Unscrew completely the joints of the rod pos. (A). Screw the joints of the rod pos.(C) until
the Rx signal is maximized.
Lock all the nuts.
NOTE With zenith adjustment of 20 the procedure for azimuth
adjustment is the following:
53-001A8-200/E
5.4 Strutting
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS (mm)
53-001A8-200/E
6 1+0 SLIM NOT INTEGRATED SYSTEM
6.1 Solution with flexible waveguide vertical
polarization (standard)
(*) FOR THE P/N OF THESE ACCESSORIES SEE PAR. 6.3
(**) THIS POLE FIXING IS DELIVERED WITH FLEXIBLE WAVEGUIDE L = 1 Mt ONLY
(***) THESE BENDS ARE INCLUDED IN THE SLIM 1+0 FRAME
FOR THE OVERALL SIZE SEE PAR. 6.7 AND PAR. 6.8.
53-001A8-200/E
6.2 Solution with flexible waveguide horizontal polarization
(*) FOR THE P/N OF THESE ACCESSORIES SEE par. 6.3
(**) THIS POLE FIXING IS DELIVERED WITH FLEXIBLE WAVEGUIDE L = 1 Mt ONLY
(***) THESE BENDS ARE INCLUDED IN THE SLIM 1+0 FRAME
FOR THE OVERALL SIZE SEE PAR. 6.7 AND PAR. 6.8.
53-001A8-200/E
6.3 Slim 1+0 frame and flexible waveguide versions
THIS FLEXIBLE WAVEGUIDE IS USED WITH ITALTEL ANTENNAS
DIAMETERS UP TO 1.2 m, OR ANDREW ANTENNAS (VALULINE) DIAMETERS
UP TO 4 ft
DIAMETERS AFTER 1.2 m, OR ANDREW ANTENNAS (VALULINE) DIAMETERS
AFTER 4 ft
THIS TWIST IS OPTIONAL, USED FOR HORIZONTAL POLARIZATION
APPLICATION
FREQUENCY
BAND
(GHz)
P/N
SLIM 1+0
FRAME
P/N
FLEXIBLE
WAVEGUIDE
(L. = 600 mm)
P/N
FLEXIBLE
WAVEGUIDE KIT
(L. = 1000 mm)
P/N
TWIST

7 534-108/47 504-692/71
(UDR-PDR 84)
597-523/95
(UDR-PDR 84)
504-631/21
(UDR-PDR 84)
8 534-108/47 504-692/71
(UDR-PDR 84)
597-523/95
(UDR-PDR 84)
504-631/21
(UDR-PDR 84)
10.5 534-108/48 504-719/62
(UBR-PBR 100)
597-523/96
(UBR-PBR 100)
504-656/51K
(UBR-PBR
100)
13 534-108/49 504-719/54
(UBR-PBR 120)
597-523/97
(UBR-PBR 120)
504-656/52K
(UBR-PBR
120)
15 534-108/50 504-719/56
(UBR-PBR 140)
597-523/98
(UBR-PBR 140)
504-656/53K
(UBR-PBR
140)
18 534-108/51 504-719/58
(UBR-PBR 220)
597-523/99
(UBR-PBR 220)
504-656/54K
(UBR-PBR
220)
23 534-108/52 504-719/58
(UBR-PBR 220)
597-523/99
(UBR-PBR 220)
504-656/54K
(UBR-PBR
220)
26 534-108/53 504-719/58
(UBR-PBR 220)
597-523/99
(UBR-PBR 220)
504-656/54K
(UBR-PBR
220)
38 534-108/55 504-719/64
(UBR-PBR 320)
504-656/55K
(UBR-PBR
320)
53-001A8-200/E
6.4 Frame arrangement
53-001A8-200/E
6.5 Dimensions
OVERALL DIMENSION INCLUDING ODU
53-001A8-200/E
6.6 O-rings
(*) THE O-RING ARE DELIVERED WITH SLIM 1+0 FRAME
53-001A8-200/E
6.7 Overall size, slim 1+0 frame with 20/30 slim antenna
53-001A8-200/E
6.8 Overall size, slim 1+0 with 60 cm slim antenna
53-001A8-200/E
7 1+0 NOT INTEGRATED STANDARD SYSTEM
7.1 Solution with flexible waveguide vertical polarization
(standard)
(**) THIS POLE FIXING FOR WAVEGUIDE IS DELIVERED WITH FLEXIBLE WAVE GUIDE L=1000 mm ONLY
(***) THESE ACCESSORIES ARE INCLUDED IN THE STANDARD 1+0 FRAME
53-001A8-200/E
7.2 Solution with flexible wave guide horizontal polarization
(**) THIS POLE FIXING FOR WAVEGUIDE IS DELIVERED WITH FLEXIBLE WAVE GUIDE L=1000 mm ONLY
(***) THESE ACCESSORIES ARE INCLUDED IN THE STANDARD 1+0 FRAME
53-001A8-200/E
7.3 Standard 1+0 frame and flexible wave guide versions
THIS FLEXIBLE WAVE GUIDE IS USED WITH ITALTEL ANTENNAS
DIAMETERS UP TO 1.2m, OR ANDREW ANTENNAS (VALULINE)
DIAMETERS UP TO 4 ft.
THIS FLEXIBLE WAVE GUIDE IS USED WITH ITALTEL ANTENNAS
DIAMETERS AFTER 1.2m, OR ANDREW ANTENNAS (VALULINE)
DIAMETERS AFTER 4 ft.
THIS TWIST IS OPTIONAL, IS USED FOR THE HORIZONTAL
POLARIZATION ONLY
FREQUENCY
BAND
(GHz)
P/N
STANDARD
1+0 FRAME
P/N
FLEXIBLE WAVE
GUIDE
(L. = 600 mm)
P/N
FLEXIBLE WAVE
GUIDE KIT
(L. = 1000 mm)
P/N
TWIST

7 534-108/29 504-692/71
(UBR-PBR 84)
597-523/95
(UBR-PBR 84)
504-631/21
(UBR-PBR 84)
8 534-108/30 504-692/71
(UBR-PBR 84)
597-523/95
(UBR-PBR 84)
504-631/21
(UBR-PBR 84)
10.5 534-108/23 504-719/62
(UBR-PBR 100)
597-523/96
(UBR-PBR 100)
504-656/51K
(UBR-PBR 100)
13 534-108/11 504-719/54
(UBR-PBR 120)
597-523/97
(UBR-PBR 120)
504-656/52K
(UBR-PBR 120)
15 534-108/13 504-719/56
(UBR-PBR 140)
597-523/98
(UBR-PBR 140)
504-656/53K
(UBR-PBR 140)
18 534-108/15 504-719/58
(UBR-PBR 220)
597-523/99
(UBR-PBR 220)
504-656/54K
(UBR-PBR 220)
23 534-108/17 504-719/58
(UBR-PBR 220)
597-523/99
(UBR-PBR 220)
504-656/54K
(UBR-PBR 220)
26 534-108/19 504-719/58
(UBR-PBR 220)
597-523/99
(UBR-PBR 220)
504-656/54K
(UBR-PBR 220)
38 534-108/21 504-719/64
(UBR-PBR 320)
504-656/55K
(UBR-PBR 320)
53-001A8-200/E
53-001A8-200/E
7.5 Dimensions
53-001A8-200/E
7.6 O-rings
(*) THE O-RINGS ARE DELIVERED WITH STANDARD 1+0 FRAME
53-001A8-200/E
8 1+1 FRAME
8.1 Solution with flexible wave guide vertical polarization
(standard)
(**) THIS POLE FIXING IS DELIVERED WITH FLEXIBLE WAVE GUIDE L=1 mt ONLY
(***) THIS BEND IS INCLUDED IN THE 1+1 FRAME
FOR THE OVERALL SIZE SEE PAR. 8.7 AND PAR. 8.8
53-001A8-200/E
8.2 Solution with flexible waveguide horizontal polarization
(optional)
(**) THIS POLE FIXING IS DELIVERED WITH FLEXIBLE WAVE GUIDE L=1 mt ONLY
(***) THIS BEND IS INCLUDED IN THE 1+1 FRAME
FOR THE POLE ENGUMBERED SEE PAR. 8.7 AND PAR. 8.8
53-001A8-200/E
8.3 1+1 frame and flexible waveguide versions
DIAMETERS UP TO 1.2 m, OR ANDREW ANTENNAS (VALULINE)
DIAMETERS UP TO 4 ft
DIAMETERS AFTER 1.2 m, OR ANDREW ANTENNAS (VALULINE)
DIAMETERS AFTER 4 ft
THIS TWIST IS OPTIONAL, USED FOR HORIZONTAL
POLARIZATION APPLICATION
FREQUENCY
BAND
(GHz)
P/N
1+1
FREQUENCY
DIV.TY
FRAME
P/N
1+1
HOT-STANDBY
FRAME
P/N
FLEXIBLE
WAVEGUIDE
(L. = 600 mm)
P/N
FLEXIBLE
WAVEGUIDE KIT
(L. = 1000 mm)

P/N
TWIST

7 534-108/38 534-108/31 504-692/71
(UDR-PDR 84)
597-523/95
(UDR-PDR 84)
504-631/21
(UDR-PDR 84)
8 534-108/39 534-108/32 504-692/71
(UDR-PDR 84)
597-523/95
(UDR-PDR 84)
504-631/21
(UDR-PDR 84)
10.5 534-108/40 504-719/62
(UBR-PBR 100)
597-523/96
(UBR-PBR 100)
504-656/51K
(UBR-PBR 100)
13 534-108/41 504-719/54
(UBR-PBR 120)
597-523/97
(UBR-PBR 120)
504-656/52K
(UBR-PBR 120)
15 534-108/42 504-719/56
(UBR-PBR 140)
597-523/98
(UBR-PBR 140)
504-656/53K
(UBR-PBR 140)
18 534-108/43 504-719/58
(UBR-PBR 220)
597-523/99
(UBR-PBR 220)
504-656/54K
(UBR-PBR 220)
23 534-108/44 504-719/58
(UBR-PBR 220)
597-523/99
(UBR-PBR 220)
504-656/54K
(UBR-PBR 220)
26 534-108/45 504-719/58
(UBR-PBR 220)
597-523/99
(UBR-PBR 220)
504-656/54K
(UBR-PBR 220)
38 534-108/46 504-719/64
(UBR-PBR 320)
504-656/55K
(UBR-PBR 320)
53-001A8-200/E
53-001A8-200/E
8.5 Dimensions
OVERALL DIMENSION INCLUDING ODUS
53-001A8-200/E
8.6 O-rings
(*) THE O-RINGS ARE DELIVERED WITH 1+1 FRAME
53-001A8-200/E
8.7 Overall size, 1+1 frame with 20/30 cm antenna
53-001A8-200/E
8.8 Overall size. 1 + 1 frame with 60 cm antenna
53-001A8-200/E
9 NOT-INTEGRATED SYSTEM
9.1 Solution with elliptical waveguide Vertical polarization
(standard)
(**) THESE ACCESORIES ARE INCLUDED IN THE ODU SUPPORTING FRAME
53-001A8-200/E
9.2 Solution with elliptical waveguide Horizontal
polarization
(**) THESE ACCESORIES ARE INCLUDED IN THE ODU SUPPORTING FRAME
53-001A8-200/E
9.3 Elliptical flexible waveguide and connector/accessory
versions
7 GHz
ELLIPTICAL WAVE GUIDE (31263-750)
CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES (31263-778SR)
OPTIONAL, USE FOR HORIZONTAL POLARIZATION ONLY
ITEM DESCRIPTION P/N Unit Q.ty
1a
ELLIPTICAL WAVE GUIDE (EWP 64-71) 127-042/05 Mt. NOTE 1-2
1b ELLIPTICAL WAVE GUIDE (EWP 77-71W)
IN EMISSION
Mt.
NOTE 1-3
2
ADAPTER FOR ANGULAR (10pcs) 165-005/84 N NOTE 1
3a
WAVE GUIDE CLAMP (10pcs) 165-005/69 N NOTE 1-2
3b WAVE GUIDE CLAMP (10pcs) 165-005/70 N
NOTE 1-3
a WAVE GUIDE CONNECTOR EWP 64-71
(PDR 84)
IN EMISSION
N 2
NOTE 2
b WAVE GUIDE CONNECTOR EWP 77-71W
(PDR 84)
504-237/87 N 2
NOTE 3
c
PRESSURIZATION WINDOW (UDR-UDR
84)
308-005/16 N 1
d GROUNDING KIT 333-031/73 N 2
e
WAVE GUIDE SUPPORT 332-005/21 N 3
f UNIVERSAL CLAMP( 62)
165-005/19 N 3
g1 RUBBER BUSH ( 62)
IN EMISSION N 3
g2 RUBBER BUSH ( 62)
332-202/87 N 3
A TWIST (UDR-PDR 84) 504-631/21 N 1
53-001A8-200/E
8 GHz
NOTE 1 = QUANTITY TO BE DEFINED AS PER PLANT REQUIREMENTS
NOTE 2 = FOR 7.1-7.4 GHz (SHIFTER 161 MHz) and 7.4-7.7 GHz (SHIFTER 154 MHz)
CHANNELINGS
NOTE 3 = FOR 7.4-7.9 GHz (SHIFTER 245 MHz) and 7.7-7 (SHIFTER 148.5 MHz)
1
ELLIPTICAL WAVE GUIDE (EWP 77-77) 127-042/06 Mt.
NOTE 1
2
ADAPTER FOR ANGULAR (10pcs) 165-005/84 N
NOTE 1
3
WAVE GUIDE CLAMP (10pcs) 165-005/70 N
NOTE 1
a
WAVE GUIDE CONNECTOR (PDR 84) 504-237/87 N 2
b
PRESSURIZATION WINDOW (UDR-UDR
84)
308-005/16 N 1
c
GROUNDING KIT 333-031/73 N 2
d
e
UNIVERSAL CLAMP(62) 165-005/19 N 3
f
RUBBER BUSH ( 62) 332-202/87 N 3
A TWIST (UDR-PDR 84) 504-631/21 N 1
53-001A8-200/E
10 GHz
1
ELLIPTICAL WAVE GUIDE (EWP 90-107) 127-042/07 Mt.
NOTE 1
2
NOTE 1
3
NOTE 1
a
WAVE GUIDE CONNECTOR (PBR 100) 504-238/27 N 2
b
PRESSURIZATION WINDOW (UBR-UBR
100)
308-005/23 N 1
c
d
e
UNIVERSAL CLAMP( 38)
165-005/17 N 3
f
RUBBER BUSH ( 38) 332-202/81 N 3
A TWIST (UBR-PBR 100) 504-656/51K N 1
53-001A8-200/E
13 GHz
1
ELLIPTICAL WAVE GUIDE (EWP 127) 127-042/08 Mt.
NOTE 1
2
NOTE 1
3
NOTE 1
a
b
120)
308-005/24 N 1
c
d
e
UNIVERSAL CLAMP( 38) 165-005/17 N 3
f
RUBBER BUSH ( 38) 332-202/83 N 3
A TWIST (UBR-PBR 120) 504-656/52K N 1
53-001A8-200/E
15 GHz
1
NOTE 1
2
NOTE 1
3
NOTE 1
a
b
140)
308-005/22 N 1
c
d
e
UNIVERSAL CLAMP( 38)
165-005/17 N 3
f
RUBBER BUSH ( 38) 332-202/82 N 3
A TWIST (UBR-PBR 140) 504-656/53K N 1
53-001A8-200/E
18 GHz
1
NOTE 1
2
NOTE 1
3
NOTE 1
a
b
220)
308-005/21 N 1
c
d
e
f
RUBBER BUSH ( 38) 332-202/84 N 3
A TWIST (UBR-PBR 220) 504-656/54K N 1
53-001A8-200/E
23 GHz
1
NOTE 1
2
ADAPTER FOR ANGULAR (10pcsz) 165-005/84 N
NOTE 1
3
NOTE 1
a
b
220)
308-005/21 N 1
c
d
e
UNIVERSAL CLAMP ( 38)
165-005/17 N 3
f
RUBBER BUSH ( 38) 332-202/85 N 3
A TWIST (UBR-PBR 220) 504-656/54K N 1
53-001A8-200/E
26 GHz
1
NOTE 1
2
ADAPTER FOR ANGULAR (10pcs 165-005/84 N
NOTE 1
3
NOTE 1
a
b
220)
308-005/21 N 1
c
d
e
f
RUBBER BUSH ( 38) 332-202/89 N 3
A TWIST (UBR-PBR 220) 504-656/54K N 1
53-001A8-200/E
10 OUTDOOR ASSEMBLY
10.1 Assembly on support frame
53-001A8-200/E
10.2 ODU dimensions
WEIGHT OF THE OUTDOOR ASSEMBLY = 6 Kg
53-001A8-200/E
10.3 Outdoor assembly versions
* 07C to 38C Version with Heater,
order for environmental temperature range: -50to +55C
(Standard -30to +55C)
FREQUENC
Y
BAND
(GHz)
FREQUENCY
SHIFTER
(MHz)
P/N (*)
FEEDER
FLANGE 8x2 Mb/s 16x2 Mb/s
7
(7.1 to7.9)
154 / 161 /245 732-201/07B - 07C 732-221/07B - 07C UDR 84
8
(8.2 to 8.5)
119/126 732-201/08B - 08C 732-221/08B - 08C UDR 84
10.5
(10.5 to 10.68)
91 732-201/10B - 10C 732-221/10B - 10C UBR 100
13
(12.75 to
13.25)
266 732-201/13B - 13C 732-221/13B - 13C UBR 120
15
(14.5 to 15.35)
336 / 420 / 490 /
644 / 714 / 728
732-201/15B - 15C 732-221/15B - 15C UBR 140
18
(17.7 to 19.7)
340 / 1010 732-201/18B - 18C 732-221/18B - 18C UBR 220
23
(21.2 to 23.6)
1008 / 1200 /
1232
732-201/23B - 23C 732-221/23B - 23C UBR 220
26
(24.5 to 26.5)
1008 732-201/26B - 26C 732-221/26B - 26C UBR 220
38
(37.0 to 39.5)
1260 732-201/38B - 38C 732-221/38B - 38C UBR 320
53-001A8-200/E
10.4 Vertical polarization application (standard)
10.5 Horizontal polarization application
NOTE = FOR VERTICAL POLARISED APPLICATION, THE IN/OUT CABLE CONNECTOR IS ON RIGHT HAND SIDE
NOTE = FOR HORIZONTAL POLARISED APPLICATION, THE IN/OUT CABLE CONNECTOR IS AT BOTTOM
53-001A8-200/E
10.6 Rx field measure connector
(*) THIS FX FIELD MEASURE CONNECTOR IS THE TEST POINT FOR THE CONNECTION OF A VOLT METER
DURING THE ANTENNA ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
53-001A8-200/E
11 1/4 COAXIAL CABLE
11.1 Tipical connection
NOTE = THE MAX LENGHT OF ONE IDU/ODU CONNECTION IS 400 mt
53-001A8-200/E
11.2 Connection on ODU side
53-001A8-200/E
11.3 Grounding connections
(**) REFER TO par. 11.4 FOR THE FIXING PROCEDURE OF THE 1/4 COAXIAL CABLE
(***) N2 GROUNDING KITS ARE A STANDARD SOLUTION FOR A 1/4 COAXIAL CABLE PATH 50 m
(****) THIS CABLE IS INCLUDED INTO THE INSTALLATION MATERIAL KIT (597-523/58..86, 597-524/61..62)
53-001A8-200/E
11.4 Fixing
(*) THIS IS THE STANDARD SOLUTION THE INSTALLATION KIT (314-205/76), PROVIDED WITH THE EXTERNAL
CONNECTION ACCESSORIES (597-524/10)INCLUDED 50 CABLE TIE
(**) OPTIONAL MATERIAL RELEVANT TO ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TO BE ADOPTED ACCORDING TO THE
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO PAR. 11.4.1 AND PAR. 11.4.2 FOR THE CODES.
53-001A8-200/E
11.4.1 Fixing for Andrew cable
11.4.2 Fixing for RFS-Kabelmetal cable
(*) for WALL-FASTENING: USE SCREW ANCHOR M5 Cod. 165-010/08
for 83 120 POLE INSTALLATION: USE METALLIC CABLE TIE Cod. IMC
3043VIPA
(**) MATERIAL TO BE DEFINED
P / N DESCRIPTION
1/4 CABLE
No.
DIMENSIONS
D
mm
L
mm
H
mm
(**) CABLE CLAMP for LADDER, ROD 1 8-9 12 59
(**) CABLE CLAMP for LADDER, ROD 2 8-9 12 72
(**) CABLE CLAMP for LADDER, FLAT 1 8-9 12 44.5
(**) CABLE CLAMP for LADDER, FLAT 2 8-9 12 57.5
(**) CABLE CLAMP for LADDER, ANGULAR 1 8-9 12 78
(**) CABLE CLAMP for LADDER, ANGULAR 2 8-9 12 91
P / N DESCRIPTION
1/4
CABLE
No.
DIMENSIONS
D
mm
L
mm
H
mm
332-202/71 CABLE CLAMP for LADDER, ROD 1 10-11 22 73
332-202/72 CABLE CLAMP for LADDER, ROD 2 10-11 22 102
332-202/74 CABLE CLAMP for LADDER, FLAT 1 10-11 22 58.5
332-202/75 CABLE CLAMP for LADDER, FLAT 2 10-11 22 87.5
IMC 5009VIPA CABLE CLAMP for LADDER,
ANGULAR
1 10-11 22 92
IMC 5010VIPA CABLE CLAMP for LADDER,
ANGULAR
2 10-11 22 121
IMC 5025VIPA CABLE CLAMP for WALL/POLE (*) 1 10-11
(**) CABLE CLAMP for WALL/POLE (*) 2 10-11
53-001A8-200/E
11.5 Rack assembly
THE FIGURE SHOWS A SYSTEM IN 1+1 OR 2(1+0) OR ADD DROP CONFIGURATION. IN CASE OF 1+0
CONFIGURATION ONLY ONE IN/OUT CONNECTION IS PRESENT
(**) THIS OSM/N COAXIAL TAIL IS CONTAINED IN THE BB ACCESSORIES (332-005/49), PROVIDED WITH
EXTERNAL CONNECTION ACCESSORIES (597-524/10).
(***) THIS COAXIAL CABLE FIXING BRACKET IS INCLUDED IN THE EXTERNAL CONNECTION ACCESSORIES
(597-524/10).
53-001A8-200/E
11.6 Andrew and RFS-Kabelmetal sets
Andrew SET
FOR THE ASSEMBLING INSTRUCTIONS SEE CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY
DOUMENT
OR
RFS-Kabelmetal SET
FOR THE ASSEMBLING INSTRUCTIONS SEE CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY
DOCUMENT
The Andrew and RFS-Kabelmetal material sets are alternative to each other
The above listed quantities are relevant to one IDU/ODU connection
NOTE 1 = The max length of one IDU/ODU connection is 400 Mt. (standard
delivery is 30 Mt.)
* Commercial reference code
ITEM P / N DESCRIPTION UNIT Q.TY
1. 104-009/42
(314-327/79)*
1/4 LDF1RN - 50 W
LDF1RN-50
Mt.
NOTE 1
2. 597-523/94A
(597-523/94)*
1/4 COAX CABLE ACCESSORIES
597-523/94A
Nr.
1
L1PNM-H COAX N-PLUG
(421-008/86) 1
L1PNR-HC 90COAX N-PLUG
(421-008/84) 1
223158 GROUNDING KIT
(333-032/15) 2
ITEM P / N DESCRIPTION UNIT Q.TY
1. 104-009/33
(314-327/79)*
1/4 CuH - 50 COAXIAL CABLE
152 156 11
Mt.
NOTE 1
2. 597-523/94B
(597-523/94)*
1/4 COAX CABLE ACCESSORIES
158 910 37
Nr.
1
155 010 35 COAX N-PLUG
(421-008/24) 1
155 010 16 90COAX N-PLUG
(421-008/23) 1
155 096 02 GROUNDING KIT
(333-031/80) 2
53-001A8-200/E
11.7 Characteristics
1. Construction Characteristics
2. Mechanical Characteristics
3. Range of Temperature
ANDREW RFS-Kabelmetal
Inner Conductor Diameter (mm) 2.6 2.4
Dielectric Diameter (mm) 6.7 6.0
Outer Conductor Diameter (mm) 7.7 7.5
Standard Jacket Diameter (mm) 9 10.0
Weight (kg/m) 0.09 0.13
Min. Bending Radius single bend (mm) 38 40
Min. Bending Radius repeated bends (mm) 76 120
Number of Bends Min. (typical) 15 (30) -
Tensile Strength (kg) 91 -
Bending Moment (N m)
1.33 -
Max. Tensile Force (N) - 650
Crush Strength (kg/mm) 1.4 -
Max. Standard Hanger Spacing (m) 0.5 -
Recommended Temperature for
Installation
(C) - 25 / + 60 - 10 / + 60
Recommended Storage for
Installation
(C) - 30 / + 80 -
Operating Temperature (C) - 30 / + 80 -
53-001A8-200/E
4. Electrical Characteristics
Characteristics Impedance () 50 50
Relative Propagation Velocity (%) 87 82
Capacitance (pF/m) 76.8 82
Maximun Operating Frequency (Mhz) 15800 3000
Cut-off Frequency (Mhz) - 18700
Peak RF Voltage Rating (kV) 1.1 0.83
Peak Power Rating (kW) 12.1 6.9
DC Resistance : Inner Conductor (/km) 5.15 4.1
DC Resistance : Outer Conductor (/km) 3.33 3.5
DC Breakdown (V) 2200 -
Inductance (H/m) 0.19 -
53-001A8-200/E
5. Attenuation, (dB/100m) Standard conditions : VSWR 1.0 ; ambient temperature
24C
10 MHz - 1.32
30 MHz 2.20 2.3
100 MHz 4.08 4.3
150 MHz 5.03 -
200 MHz - 6.1
300 MHz 7.22 7.6
450 MHz 8.94 9.4
600 MHz 10.42 -
824 MHz 12.36 -
894 MHz 12.92 -
900 MHz - 13.7
960 MHz 13.43 -
1000 MHz 13.73 -
1500 MHz 17.15 18.2
1700 MHz 18.38 -
1800 MHz - 20.1
2000 MHz 20.13 -
2300 MHz 21.77 23.1
3000 MHz - 27.0
4000 MHz 29.89
6000 MHz 37.94
10000 MHz 51.72
53-001A8-200/E
6. Average Power Rating, kW Standard conditions : VSWR 1.0 ; ambient
temperature 40C ; inner conductor temperature 100C ;
10 MHz - 4.4
30 MHz 3.38 2.51
100 MHz 1.85 1.36
150 MHz 1.51 -
200 MHz - 0.95
300 MHz 1.07 0.77
450 MHz 0.871 0.62
600 MHz 0.756 -
824 MHz 0.644 -
894 MHz 0.618 -
900 MHz - 0.43
960 MHz 0.579 -
1000 MHz 0.585 -
1500 MHz 0.477 0.32
1700 MHz 0.448 -
1800 MHz - 0.294
2000 MHz 0.413 -
2300 MHz 0.385 0.257
3000 MHz - 0.221
4000 MHz 0.292 -
6000 MHz 0.239 -
10000 MHz 0.185 -
53-001A8-200/E
12 IDU INSTALLATION
The IDU can be arranged for installation both on ETSI and 19" racks, by means of two
different types of brackets.
Before starting with the installation, IDU sub-rack has to be arranged for the rack type
(ETSI or 19") and then the identification plate has to be applied to the left bracket.
The IDU is delivered already assembled, i.e. with the units inserted.
12.1 Installation accessories
The IDU sub-rack P/N 628-585/01 is delivered with especial fixing kit code 332-308/34.
In Tab. 1 the list and description is set down of the accessories contained in the fixing kit.
Tab. 1 Fixing kit code 332-308/34
Code Denomination Q.ty
232-168/62 Brackets for 19" rack 2
232-168/63 Right bracket for ETSI rack 1
232-168/64 Left bracket for ETSI rack 1
266-200/44 Rubber foot 4
204-364/07D Screw M48 hex. head 4
216-21/469 Sticker 420 1
NOTE The IDU can be installed on a desk; to this purpose in the
installation kit code 332-308/34, four rubber feet to be applied to the
IDU base, are included; in this case, the identification plate has to
be applied to the sub-rack upper panel.
53-001A8-200/E
12.2 IDU sub-rack arrangement for ETSI rack
In the sub-rack front part (4), install on the side panels, the two brackets (1-2) for
ETSI rack, by means of the relevant two fixing screws (3).
1 - Left bracket for ETSI
2 - Right bracket for ETSI
3 - Screw M48, hex. head
4 - Sub-rack
NB: Items 1 to 3 are contained in the fixing kit, code 332-308/34 (see Tab. 1), delivered
with the sub-rack.
53-001A8-200/E
12.3 IDU sub-rack arrangement for 19" rack
In the sub-rack front part (3), install on the side panels, the two brackets (1) for 19"
rack, by means of the relevant two fixing screws (2).
12.4 IDU installation
Insert IDU (1) in the relevant housing of the rack
Screw down the four screws (2) fixing the IDU (1).
Fix the support of the coaxial cables (3) to the frame, screwing the two relevant
fixing screws (4).
NB: Items 1-2 are contained in the fixing kit, code 332-308/34 (see Tab. 1), delivered with
the sub-rack.
1 - Bracket for 19"
2 - Screw M48, hex. head
3 - Sub-rack
53-001A8-200/E
1 - IDU
2 - Screw
3 - Coaxial cable fixing bracket (*)
4 - Screw
(*) This coaxial fixing bracket is included in the external connection accessories (597-524/10).
53-001A8-200/E
13 INSTALLATION OF IDU OPTIONAL UNITS
Optional units (Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit, EOW unit, Q-Adapter unit, D Channel
Distributor unit) can be installed on IDU during the first installation phase (if not already
present) or afterwards.
The installation procedure is the same for all the optional units.
For the installation of an optional unit, act as follows:
Back off the two fixing screws (1) of the covering panel (2) relevant to the housing
where the unit has to be installed.
Insert the unit (3) in the relevant housing.
Screw down the two unit fixing screws (1).
WARNING While inserting the unit, should a certain resistance be
found, pay attention not to force excessively on the unit.
This could cause a damage to IDU back-plane or to unit
back-connector.
NOTE When a optional unit installation is realized after the equipment
commissioning, before activating the optional unit operation:
update through the local or remote PC, with control and
configuration software, the equipment configuration (see
software OMN Manual)
carry out the relevant electrical connections (see doc. "External
connections").
53-001A8-200/E
FINE
1 - Screw
2 - Cover
3 - Unit
A - COVER REMOVAL
B - UNIT INSTALLATION
SRA L
Presettings
53-001A8-500/E
Presettings SRA L
53-001A8-500/E
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Presettings
53-001A8-500/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 HARDWARE PRESETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1 System configuration presetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2 DC ground presetting for transmission tributaries (P/N 612-404/04) . . . . . . 8
2.3 75/120 Ohm tributary interface presetting (P/N 612-404/01) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.4 Presetting of +V AUX local ground connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Presettings SRA L
53-001A8-500/E
Illustrations
Fig. 1 120 Ohm Tributary sub-unit layout - P/N 523-404/78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fig. 2 75 Ohm Tributary sub-unit layout P/N 523-404/76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Fig. 3 75/120 Ohm Tributary sub-unit layout P/N 523-407/62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fig. 4 Alarm Interface sub-unit layout - P/N 523-405/59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SRA L Presettings
53-001A8-500/E
Tables
Tab. 1 Location of 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit jumpers/microswitches for
system configuration presetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Tab. 2 Location of 120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit DC ground presetting
for transmission tributaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Tab. 3 Presetting jumper position of Alarm Interface sub-unit for +V AUX local
ground connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Presettings SRA L
53-001A8-500/E
1 GENERAL
This document contains the instruction for checking and, if necessary, for carrying out
the presettings relevant to the equipment expected operating modes.
Two presetting types are possible:
hardware presettings: performed by means of jumpers/microswitches directly in
the units cards; in this case, the equipment has to be deactivated for getting access
to the units for their execution
software presettings: performed by means of a PC (in local or remote mode) with
dedicated software; in this case, the equipment has to be activated (in local mode
the PC can be connected to IDU in any moment).
The utmost part of the hardware presettings are carried out at factory and they must
never be changed in order not to jeopardize the equipment correct operation. The
hardware presettings described in this document are the only ones that can be carried
out on installation.
To execute a hardware presetting, act as follows:
draw out from IDU the involved unit
execute the relevant hardware presetting (see par. 2)
draw in IDU the unit.
As far as the software presettings are concerned, refer to the software OMN Manual.
NOTE The hardware presettings have to be carried out with the
equipment deactivated.
SRA L Presettings
53-001A8-500/E
2 HARDWARE PRESETTINGS
2.1 System configuration presetting
According to the system configuration, the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit has to be suitably
preset. Two different presetting jumper/microswitch configurations are possible:
2(1+0)/AD-RPT configuration
(1+1) configuration.
In the case of (1+0) configuration, the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit is delivered with the
jumpers preset as for (1+1) configuration, the presetting jumpers/microswitches are
located:
in the case of 120 Ohm interface: in the 120 Ohm Tributary sub-unit 523-404/78
in the case of 75 Ohm interface: in the 75 Ohm Tributary sub-unit 523-404/76
in the case of 75/120 Ohm interface: in the 75/120 Ohm Tributary sub-unit
523-407/62.
In Tab. 1, the different presetting jumper/microswitch configurations are set down.
Fig. 1, Fig. 2 and Fig. 3 show the layouts of 120 Ohm Tributary sub-unit P/N 523-404/78,
75 Ohm Tributary sub-unit P/N 523-404/76 and 75/120 Ohm Tributary sub-unit P/N
523-407/62, respectively, where the presetting jumpers/microswitches are pointed out.
Tab. 1 Location of 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit jumpers/microswitches for system
configuration presetting
Sub-unit
Jumpers/
microswitches
2(1+0)/AD-RPT
configuration
(1+1) or (1+0)
configuration
120 Ohm Tribu-
tary
P/N 523-404/78
(see Fig. 1)
or
75 Ohm Tributary
P/N 523-404/76
(cfr. Fig. 2)
XM1A Open Closed
XM1B8 Open Closed
XM2A8 Closed Open
XM2B8 Closed Open
I1 OFF ON
NB: Jumpers XM1A to XM2B configure the tributary streams. The jumpers of micro-
switch I1, which have to be jointly set, configure the User channel.
Sub-unit Jumpers
22 Mbit/s and 42
Mbit/s
82 Mbit/s
(1+1)
or
(1+0)
2(1+0) or
Add/Drop
(1+1)
or
(1+0)
Add/Drop
75/120 Ohm
Tributary
P/N 523-407/62
(see Fig. 3)
XM1A-B-C Closed Open Closed Open
XM2A-B-C Open Closed Open Closed
Presettings SRA L
53-001A8-500/E
2.2 DC ground presetting for transmission tributaries
(P/N 612-404/04)
The 120 Ohm tributaries can be available on transmission side by means of jumper
presetting either with or without DC ground of the shield wire; the jumpers are located
on 120 Ohm Tributary sub-unit P/N 523-404/78.
The 75 Ohm tributaries can be available on transmission side with DC grounding of
cable shield.
Unless the customer presents a specific request, the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit is delivered
with jumpers preset for transmission tributaries with DC ground.
The several presetting jumper configurations are set down in Tab. 2.
Fig. 1 shows the layout of 120 Ohm Tributary sub-unit P/N 523-404/78, where the
presetting jumpers are pointed out.
Tab. 2 Location of 120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit DC ground presetting for
transmission tributaries
2.3 75/120 Ohm tributary interface presetting (P/N 612-404/01)
The TR18 jumper of the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit (P/N 612-404/01) must be on B position
(see Fig. 3).
Sub-unit TX trib. Jumper
Tributaries
without DC
ground
Tributaries
with DC
ground
120 Ohm
Tributary
P/N 523-404/78
(see Fig. 1)
TX11
TR1-TR2
TR2-TR3
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
TX21
TR4-TR5
TR5-TR6
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
TX31
TR7-TR8
TR8-TR9
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
TX41
TR10-TR11
TR11-TR12
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
TX12
TR13-TR14
TR14-TR15
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
TX22
TR16-TR17
TR17-TR18
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
TX32
TR19-TR20
TR20-TR21
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
TX42
TR22-TR23
TR23-TR24
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
SRA L Presettings
53-001A8-500/E
2.4 Presetting of +V AUX local ground connection
(P/N 614-041/01 and 614-041/11)
The V AUX voltage positive pole, is connected to the IDU internal ground.
The line of the +V AUX signal can be optionally used also to provide an output a +5 V.
Tributary interface Tab. 3 indicates the different configuration of the presetting jumper.
Usually, the Alarm Interface sub-unit is delivered with the jumper preset in such way to
realize the connection of +V AUX voltage.
Fig. 4 shows the layout of Alarm sub-unit P/N 523-405/59 where the presetting jumpers
are pointed out.
Tab. 3 Presetting jumper position of Alarm Interface sub-unit for +V AUX local
ground connection
Sub-unit
Jumper
(*)
+V AUX
connected to
local ground
(default)
OUT
+5 V
Alarm Interface
P/N 523-405/59
(see Fig. 4)
SZ1 1-8
(pos. A)
Open Closed
SZ1 2-7
(pos. B)
Closed Open
* The jumper SZ1 3-6 must always be closed.
Presettings SRA L
53-001A8-500/E
Fig. 1 120 Ohm Tributary sub-unit layout - P/N 523-404/78
SRA L Presettings
53-001A8-500/E
Fig. 2 75 Ohm Tributary sub-unit layout P/N 523-404/76
Presettings SRA L
53-001A8-500/E
Fig. 3 75/120 Ohm Tributary sub-unit layout P/N 523-407/62
SRA L Presettings
53-001A8-500/E
Fig. 4 Alarm Interface sub-unit layout - P/N 523-405/59
Presettings SRA L
53-001A8-500/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L
External connections
53-001A8-201/E
External connections SRA L
53-001A8-201/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L External connections
53-001A8-201/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 IDU EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1 Power supply connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2 2 Mbit/s tributary connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2.1 75 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributary connection (P/N 612-404/02) () . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.2.2 120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributary connection (P/N 612-404/04) () . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.2.3 75/120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributary connection (P/N 612-404/01) . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.2.4 75/120 Ohm 162 Mbit/s tributary connection (P/N 612-404/11) . . . . . . . . 21
2.3 PC channel (F interface) connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.4 V bus connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.5 Alarm connection (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.6 User channel connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.7 D/D1-D2 channel connection (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.8 Q channel connection (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.9 Handset connection (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2.10 EOW expansion channel connection (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3 IDU-ODU IF INTERCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.1 Antenna connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.2 POE connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4 EXTERNAL CONNECTION ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
53-001A8-201/E
Illustrations
Fig. 1 IDU front view (fully equipped) - P/N 732-101/01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fig. 2 IDU front view (fully equipped) - P/N 732-101/11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fig. 3 "PS1" and "PS2" power supply connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fig. 4 75 Ohm plug and coaxial cable for 2 Mbit/s tributaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Fig. 5 75 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributary interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Fig. 6 120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributary interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Fig. 11 F interface (PC) - RS232C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Fig. 12 V bus interface - 128 kbit/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fig. 13 V bus interface - 128 kbit/s: connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Fig. 14 V bus interface - 128 kbit/s: accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Fig. 15 System alarm restitution and external alarm input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fig. 16 User channel interface - 64 kbit/s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Fig. 17 D/D1-D2 data channel interface - 64 kbit/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Fig. 18 D/D1-D2 data channel interface - 64 kbit/s: connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Fig. 19 Q(X.21) interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Fig. 20 Q(10BASE) interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Fig. 21 View of handset jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Fig. 22 EOW expansion channel interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Fig. 23 View of ODU external connection elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Fig. 24 Front view of POE connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
53-001A8-201/E
Tables
Tab. 1 2 Mbit/s tributary numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Tab. 2 "2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 1-4" connector pin-out (standard numbering) 13
Tab. 3 "2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 5-8" connector pin-out (standard numbering) 14
Tab. 4 "2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 1-4" connector pin-out
(not standard numbering) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
(not standard numbering) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Tab. 6 2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 1-4connector pin-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Tab. 7 2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 5-8 connector pin-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tab. 8 CONNECTOR PIN IDENTIFICATION for tributaries 1-8
(120 Ohm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tab. 9 CONNECTOR PIN IDENTIFICATION for tributaries 9-16 (120 Ohm) . . . . 24
Tab. 10 CONNECTOR PIN IDENTIFICATION for tributaries 1-8 (75 Ohm) . . . . . . 25
(75 Ohm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Tab. 12 "PC" connector pin-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Tab. 13 "V" connector pin-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Tab. 14 "ALARMS" connector pin-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Tab. 15 "USER" connector pin-out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Tab. 16 "D"/"D1"-"D2" connector pin-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Tab. 17 "Q(X.21)" connector pin-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Tab. 18 Handset jack pin-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Tab. 19 "EOW EXP" connector pin-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Tab. 20 POE connector pin-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Tab. 21 External connection accessories P/N 597-524/10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Tab. 22 V bus daisy-chain kit P/N 597-524/09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Tab. 23 Andrew coaxial cable and accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Tab. 24 RFS-Kabelmetal coaxial cable and accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Tab. 25 120 Ohm electrical material set - 8x2 Mbit/s (P/N 597-523/85) . . . . . . . . . 55
Tab. 26 75 Ohm electrical material set - 8x2 Mbit/s (P/N 597-523/86) . . . . . . . . . . 55
Tab. 27 120 Ohm electrical material set - 16x2 Mbit/s (P/N 597-524/61) . . . . . . . . 56
Tab. 28 75 Ohm electrical material set - 16x2 Mbit/s (P/N 597-524/62) . . . . . . . . . 56
53-001A8-201/E
1 GENERAL
This document deals with the description of the external electrical connections of SRA L
radio equipment.
2 IDU EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS
All the connectors for IDU external connections are located on the front panel of the units
the assembly consists of (see Fig. 1 and Fig. 2):
Fig. 1 - IDU front view (fuIIy equipped) - P/N 732-101/01
(*) Optional
(**) Not present in (1+0) configuration
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 2 - IDU front view (fuIIy equipped) - P/N 732-101/11
2.1 Power suppIy connections
For the connection of the supply voltage -48 V/-64 V (delivered by the station batteries)
of the SRA L equipment, the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit (see Fig. 1 and Fig. 2), is provided
with two 3-poles sub-D-3W3 connectors, identified by wording "PS1" and "PS2" (see
Fig. 3).
Two connectors are available to allow the redundancy of the main power supply.
(*) Optional
(**) Not present in (1+0) configuration
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 3 - "PS1" and "PS2" power suppIy connectors
NOTE - The positive poIe of the power suppIy voItage from battery
(BATTERY+) is necessariIy connected to IDU inner ground in such
a way to aIIow the ODU power suppIying by means of the IF coaxiaI
cabIe onIy.
(*) These accessories are contained in the power supply accessories (332-005/28), provided with external connection ac-
cessories (597-524/10); for mounting see doc. "Connector assembling".
(**) When ODU with operating pre-heater.
(***) This cable is included in the installation materials (597-523/85..86, 597-524/61..62).
53-001A8-201/E
2.2 2 Mbit/s tributary connection
For the 2 Mbit/s Tributary units, 75 Ohm and 120 Ohm interfaces, in alternative, are
available, according to IDU outfit (see Fig. 1 and Fig. 2):
75 Ohm interface: for unit P/N 612-404/02 (IDU P/N 732-101/01 only) *
120 Ohm interface: for unit P/N 612-404/04 (IDU P/N 732-101/01 only) * *
75/120 Ohm interface: for unit P/N 612-404/01 (IDU P/N 732-101/11 only)
75/120 Ohm interface: for unit P/N 612-404/11 (IDU P/N 732-101/11 only).
According to the combination between system software and the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit
P/N 612-404/02 and 612-404/04, two different numberings of the tributaries to connector
are possible, as set down in the following Tab. 1.
Tab. 1 2 Mbit/s tributary numbering
* The unit is available only as a replacement of units installed in field. It cannot be
associated to new orders (it is replaced by P/N 612-404/01)
** The unit has been replaced by P/N 612-404/01 for both spare parts and new orders.
SVR 1.0*
SVR 1.0 and
foIIowing ones
Issue 009 and previous ones
STANDARD
numbering
NOT STANDARD
numbering
Issue 010 and following ones
NOT STANDARD
numbering
STANDARD
numbering
Software
version
2 Mbit/s
Tributary
unit
(P/N 612-404/02
or 612-404/04)
53-001A8-201/E
2.2.1 75 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributary connection (P/N 612-404/02) ()
For the connection of 75 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributaries, the 75 Ohm 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit
(see Fig. 1) is provided with sixteen 1.0/2.4 coaxial connectors, subdivided into eight
pairs TX and RX, one pair for every 2 Mbit/s I/O tributary. Fig. 4 shows the plug and the
coaxial cable for 75 Ohm 2 Mbit/s connectors.
The function of each coaxial connector is set down in Fig. 5.
Fig. 4 - 75 Ohm pIug and coaxiaI cabIe for 2 Mbit/s tributaries
The unit is available only as a replacement of units installed in field. It cannot be
associated to new orders (it is replaced by P/N 612-404/01)
(*) These connectors are included in the external connection accessories (597-524/10); for
mounting see doc. "Connector assembling".
(**) This cable is included in the installation materials (597-523/86).
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 5 - 75 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributary interface
(*) For 2(1+0) system configuration, the TX and RX connector pairs, numbered 5 to 8,
are associated with the four tributary streams of the second system.
B) Not Standard numbering
A) Standard numbering
NB: TX are the input signals to SRA L equipment, RX are the ones in opposite direction.
53-001A8-201/E
2.2.2 120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributary connection (P/N 612-404/04) ()
For the connection of 120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributares, the 120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit
(see Fig. 1) is provided with two 25-poles sub-D connectors, identified by wording "2
Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 1-4" and "2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 5-8" (see Fig. 6).
According to the system configuration (1+0) or 2(1+0) the channels associated with
connector "5-8" can be numbered from 5 to 8 or from 1 to 4.
In Tab. 2, Tab. 3, Tab. 4 and Tab. 5, with reference to Fig. 6, the pin-out is set down of
"1-4" and "5-8" connectors, either for standard and not standard numbering.
The unit has been replaced by P/N 612-404/01 for both spare parts and new orders.
(*) These accessories are contained in the sub-D 25C (332-005/50), provided with external
connection accessories (597-524/10); for mounting see doc. "Connector assembling".
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 2 "2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 1-4" connector pin-out (standard numbering)
PIN SIGNAL DESCRIPTION
1 Not utilized
2 GND (optional) Ground of TX side of channel No. 4
3 RX41-a Negative side of RX pair of channel No. 4
4 TX41-a Negative side of TX pair of channel No. 4
9 RX21-a Negative side of TX pair of channel No. 2
10 TX21-a Negative side of RX pair of channel No. 2
14 GND Ground of RX side of channel No. 4
15 RX41-b Positive side of RX pair of channel No. 4
16 TX41-b Positive side of TX pair of channel No. 4
NB - TX are the input signals to SRA L equipment, RX are the ones in opposite
direction.
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 3 "2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 5-8" connector pin-out (standard numbering)
1 Not utilized
2 GND (optional) Ground of TX side of channel No. 8 (4)
3 RX42-a Negative side of RX pair of channel No. 8 (4)
4 TX42-a Negative side of TX pair of channel No. 8 (4)
14 GND Ground of RX side of channel No. 8 (4)
15 RX42-b Positive side of RX pair of channel No. 8 (4)
16 TX42-b Positive side of TX pair of channel No. 8 (4)
direction.
53-001A8-201/E
(not standard numbering)
1 Not utilized
2 GND (optional) Ground of TX side of channel No. 2 line 1
3 RX21-a Negative side of RX pair of channel No. 2 line 1
4 TX21-a Negative side of TX pair of channel No. 2 line 1
14 GND Ground of RX side of channel No. 2 line 1
15 RX21-b Positive side of RX pair of channel No. 2 line 1
16 TX21-b Positive side of TX pair of channel No. 2 line 1
direction.
53-001A8-201/E
(not standard numbering)
1 Not utilized
direction.
53-001A8-201/E
2.2.3 75/120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributary connection (P/N 612-404/01)
For the connection of 75/120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributares, the 75/120 Ohm
2 Mbit/s Tributary unit (see Fig. 1) is provided with two 25-poles sub-D connectors,
identified by wording "2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 1-4" and "2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES
5-8" (see Fig. 7).
In Tab. 6 and Tab. 7, with reference to Fig. 7 and Fig. 8, the pin-out is set down of "1-4"
and "5-8" connectors.
53-001A8-201/E
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 6 2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 1-4connector pin-out
1
ADAPT (IN)-(75 Ohm)
ADAPT (IN)-(120 Ohm)
Configuration
Not utilized
2
TX-41-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-41-a-(120 Ohm)
TX ground of the channel No. 4
Not utilized
3
RX-41-a-(75 Ohm)
RX-41-a-(120 Ohm)
RX ground of the channel No. 4
Negative side of RX pair of channel No. 4
4
TX-41-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-41-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
Negative side of TX pair of channel No. 4
5
TX-31-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-31-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
6
RX-31-a-(75 Ohm)
RX-31-a-(120 Ohm)
7
TX-31-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-31-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
8
TX-21-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-21-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
9
RX-21-a-(75 Ohm)
RX-21-a-(120 Ohm)
10
TX-21-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-21-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
11
TX-11-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-11-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
12
RX-11-a-(75 Ohm)
RX-11-a-(120 Ohm)
13
TX-11-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-11-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
14 GND Shield wire*
15
RX-41-b-(75 Ohm)
RX-41-b-(120 Ohm)
RX coax hot side of the channel No. 4
Positive side of RX pair of channel No. 4
16
TX-41-b-(75 Ohm)
TX-41-b-(120 Ohm)
TX coax coax hot side of the channel No. 4
Positive side of TX pair of channel No. 4
17 GND Shield wire*
18
RX-31-b-(75 Ohm)
RX-31-b-(120 Ohm)
19
TX-31-b-(75 Ohm)
TX-31-b-(120 Ohm)
TX coax hot side of the channel No. 3
20 GND Shield wire*
21
RX-21-B-(75 Ohm)
RX-21-B-(120 Ohm)
22
TX-21-B-(75 Ohm)
TX-21-B-(120 Ohm)
23 GND Shield wire*
24
RX-11-a-(75 Ohm)
RX-11-a-(120 Ohm)
25
TX-11-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-11-a-(120 Ohm)
direction
* - Used when cables other than P/N 106-041/23 are chosen, which require single twisted pair
shielding
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 7 2 Mbit/s I/O TRIBUTARIES 5-8 connector pin-out
1
ADAPT (IN)-(75 Ohm)
ADAPT (IN)-(120 Ohm)
Configuration
Not utilized
2
TX-41-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-41-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
3
RX-41-a-(75 Ohm)
RX-41-a-(120 Ohm)
4
TX-41-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-41-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
5
TX-31-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-31-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
6
RX-31-a-(75 Ohm)
RX-31-a-(120 Ohm)
7
TX-31-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-31-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
8
TX-21-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-21-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
9
RX-21-a-(75 Ohm)
RX-21-a-(120 Ohm)
10
TX-21-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-21-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
11
TX-11-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-11-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
12
RX-11-a-(75 Ohm)
RX-11-a-(120 Ohm)
13
TX-11-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-11-a-(120 Ohm)
Not utilized
14 GND Shield wire*
15
RX-41-b-(75 Ohm)
RX-41-b-(120 Ohm)
RX hot side of the channel No. 8
16
TX-41-b-(75 Ohm)
TX-41-b-(120 Ohm)
TX hot side of the channel No. 8
17 GND Shield wire*
18
RX-31-b-(75 Ohm)
RX-31-b-(120 Ohm)
19
TX-31-b-(75 Ohm)
TX-31-b-(120 Ohm)
20 GND Shield wire*
21
RX-21-B-(75 Ohm)
RX-21-B-(120 Ohm)
22
TX-21-B-(75 Ohm)
TX-21-B-(120 Ohm)
23 GND Shield wire*
24
RX-11-a-(75 Ohm)
RX-11-a-(120 Ohm)
25
TX-11-a-(75 Ohm)
TX-11-a-(120 Ohm)
direction
* - Used when cables other than P/N 106-041/23 are chosen, which require single twisted pair
shielding
53-001A8-201/E
2.2.4 75/120 Ohm 162 Mbit/s tributary connection (P/N 612-404/11)
For the connection of 75/120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s tributares, the 75/120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit (see
Fig. 2) is provided with two 50-poles sub-D connectors, identified by wording "2 Mbit/s 1-8" and "2
Mbit/s 9-16" (see Fig. 9)
In Tab. 8 and Tab. 9, with reference to Fig. 9 and Fig. 10, the pin-out is set down of "1-8" and
"9-16" connectors.
(**) This cable is not included in the installation materials.
53-001A8-201/E
(**) This cable is not included in the installation materials.
53-001A8-201/E
(120 Ohm)
1 ADAPT Floating
2 TX6-a Trasmitted tributary channel No 6
3 RX6-a Received tributary channel No 6
18 TX6-b Trasmitted tributary channel No 6
19 RX6-b Received tributary channel No 6
36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 46,
48, 34, 35, 37, 39, 41,
43, 45, 47, 49
Not utilized (do not connect!!)
50 GND
NB -TX are the input signals to SRA L equipment, RX are the ones in opposite direction
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 9 CONNECTOR PIN IDENTIFICATION for tributaries 9-16 (120 Ohm)
1 ADAPT Floating
7 RX16 -a Received tributary channel No 16
8 TX15 -a Trasmitted tributary channel No 15
18 TX14 -b Trasmitted tributary channel No 14
19 RX14 -b Received tributary channel No 14
34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 46,
47, 48, 49
Not utilized (do not connect!!)
50 GND
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 10 CONNECTOR PIN IDENTIFICATION for tributaries 1-8 (75 Ohm)
* These pins must be wired to pin 50.
1 ADAPT Grounded cable *
2 to 17 Not utilized
18 TX6-b Trasmitted tributary channel No 6 - signal
19 RX6-b Received tributary channel No 6 - signal
34 TX6-c Trasmitted tributary channel No 6 - ground *
35 RX6-c Received tributary channel No 6 - ground *
50 GND
53-001A8-201/E
(75 Ohm)
* These pins must be wired to pin 50.
1 ADAPT Grounded cable *
2-17 Not utilized
50 GND
53-001A8-201/E
2.3 PC channeI (F interface) connection
For the connection to an external PC, the Controller unit (see Fig. 1 and
Fig. 2) is provided with a 9-pole female sub-D connector, identified by wording "PC" (see
Fig. 11).
In Tab. 12, with reference to Fig. 11, the "PC" connector pin-out is set down, which
corresponds to the RS-232 standard one for DCE since the IDU is considered as DCE.
Tab. 12 "PC" connector pin-out
Fig. 11 - F interface (PC) - RS232C
PIN SIGNAL MEANING DIRECTION (*)
1 Not utilized
2 PC-RXD Received Data OUT
3 PC-TXD Transmitted Data IN
4 PC-DTR Data Transmit Ready IN
5 GND Cable local ground
connected to IDU internal
ground
6 PC-DSR Data Set Ready OUT
7 PC-RTS Request To Send IN
8 PC-CTS Clear To Send OUT
9 Not utilized
(*) The signal transmission direction is referred as to the IDU: e.g., OUT means
signal outgoing from IDU.
53-001A8-201/E
2.4 V bus connection
For the connection of V bus, the Controller unit (see Fig. 1 and Fig. 2) is provided with
a 9-pole female sub-D connector, identified by wording "V" (see Fig. 12).
Fig. 13 shows an example of connections on V bus; Fig. 14 shows the available
accessories for the execution of the connections on V bus.
In Tab. 13, with reference to Fig. 12, the pin-out is set down of "V" connector of the
Controller unit.
Tab. 13 "V" connector pin-out
Fig. 12 - V bus interface - 128 kbit/s
1 Not utilized
2 Not utilized
3 Not utilized
4 Not utilized
5 Not utilized
6 Not utilized
7 Not utilized
8 V-D-a Negative side of balanced pair of
bidirectional data line
IN/OUT
9 V-D-b Positive side of balanced pair of
bidirectional data line
IN/OUT
(*) The signal transmission direction is referred as to thw IDU: e.g., OUT means
NOTE - The interconnection on V bus for the ControIIer unit is carried out
by means of a 120 Ohm twisted-pair cabIe (max. Iength 500 m). The
V bus cabIe must be correctIy terminated by two 120 OhmOhm
terminations, mounted at the two ends of the cabIe.
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 13 - V bus interface - 128 kbit/s: connections
1 For these termination 120 Ohm connectors (314-327/88) see Fig. 14.
For this interconnection cable (314-327/90) see Fig. 14.
2
3
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 14 - V bus interface - 128 kbit/s: accessories
(*) These accessories are included in the daisy-chain kit (597-524/09).
53-001A8-201/E
2.5 AIarm connection (optionaI)
For the alarm connection, the Alarm unit or the Alarm and Fan unit (see Fig. 1 and
Fig. 2) (according to the unit installed in IDU) is provided with a 25-pole, female sub-D
connector, identified by wording "ALARMS" (see Fig. 15).
In Tab. 14, with reference to Fig. 15, the "ALARMS" connector pin-out is set down.
NOTE - The aIarm interface is avaiIabIe onIy if the IDU is equipped with
AIarm unit or AIarm and Fan unit.
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 14 "ALARMS" connector pin-out
1 ORBAT Lack of battery redundancy OUT
2 URG Urgent alarm activation OUT
3 INT Activation of an equipment internal alarm OUT
4 ALM-OUT1 Activation of an external alarm (EXT) OUT
5 ALM-OUT3 Activation of an external alarm (ODU) OUT
6 CEN-OUT1 Carried signal output 1, received by SRA L
remote equipment
OUT
remote equipment
OUT
8 CEN-IN1 Carried signal input 1, trasmitted to SRA L
remote equipment
IN
remote equipment
IN
10 ALIM OFF Report of general power supply switch status OUT
11 MEM Report of IDU alarm storage push-button
status
OUT
12 CALL Report of local telephone call presence OUT
13 -VAUX Negative side of the auxiliary battery IN
14 ANDBAT Lack of both main batteries OUT
15 NURG Non urgent alarm activation OUT
16 IND Abnormal SRA L equipment operation OUT
17 ALM-OUT2 Activation of an external alarm (TEST) OUT
18 ALM-OUT4 Activation of an external alarm (IDU) OUT
remote equipment
OUT
remote equipment
OUT
remote equipment
IN
remote equipment
IN
23 GND Cable local ground; connected to IDU internal
ground
24 RIEP Report of alarm general status of SRA L
equipment (summary alarm)
OUT
25 +VAUX
(+5 V) (**)
()
Positive side of the auxiliary battery IN (OUT)
(*) The signal transmission direction is referred to IDU: e.g., OUT means signal
outgoing from IDU.
(**) The positive side of the auxiliary battery is connected to IDU internal ground.
() The pin can be configured using internal jumpers (see Presettings) in order to
provide a +5V/100 mA power supply to the outside (fuse protected).
53-001A8-201/E
ELETRICAL DEFINITIONS
OPEN CONDITION = 1MOhm to IDU GND
OUT = OUTPUT PORT
GND CONDITION = 25 Ohm to IDU GND
OPEN CONDITION = -3 to +2 Vdc; 60 KOhm
IN = INPUT PORT
GND CONDITION = -3 to +2 Vdc; 0 to 200 Ohm
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 15 - System aIarm restitution and externaI aIarm input
(*) These accessories are contained in the sub-D 25C accessories (332-055/50), provided with external
(**) This cable is included in the installation materials (597-523/85..86; 597-524/61..62).
53-001A8-201/E
2.6 User channeI connection
For the connection of the user channel, the RTM unit (see Fig. 1 and Fig. 2) is provided
with a 15-pole, female, sub-D connector, identified by wording "USER" (see Fig. 16).
In Tab. 15, with reference to Fig. 16, the "USER" connector pin-out is set down.
Tab. 15 "USER" connector pin-out
PIN SIGNAL MEANING
DIRECTION
(*)
1 GND Cable local ground, connected to IDU internal
ground
2 TXUCKCN-a Negative side of counter-directional clock
balanced pair associated with transmitted
signal
OUT
3 TXUCKCD-a Negative side of codirectional clock balanced
pair associated with transmitted signal
IN
4 RXUCK-a Negative side of clock balanced pair
associated with received signal
OUT
5 TXUD-a Negative side of the transmitted data
balanced pair
IN
6 Not utilized
7 RXUD-a Negative side of the received data balanced
pair
OUT
8 GND
(Shield)
Ground connection for cable shield,
connected to IDU internal ground
9 Not utilized
10 TXUCKCN-b Positive side of counter-directional clock
balanced pair associated with transmitted
signal
OUT
11 TXUCKCD-b Positive side of codirectional clock balanced
pair associated with transmitted signal
IN
12 RXUCK-b Positive side of clock balanced pair
associated with received signal
OUT
13 TXUD-b Positive side of the transmitted data balanced
pair
IN
14 Not utilized
15 RXUD-b Positive side of the received data balanced
pair
OUT
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 16 - User channeI interface - 64 kbit/s
(*) These accessories are contained in the BB accessories (332-055/49), provided with external con-
nection accessories (597-524/10); for mounting see doc. "Connector assembling".
(**) This cable is not included in the installation materials
53-001A8-201/E
2.7 D/D1-D2 channeI connection (optionaI)
According to IDU equipment, the D channel connection concern:
internal D channel: IDU equipped with optional Q-Adapter unit (see Fig. 1 and
Fig. 2)
two D channels defined "external": IDU equipped with optional D Channel
Distributor unit (see Fig. 1).
For the connection of D channel (see Fig. 17), there are available the 9-pole female
sub-D connectors identified by "D" character (Q-Adapter unit) or "D1" and "D2" ones (D
Channel Distributor unit).
Fig. 18 shows an example of connections by means of D/D1-D2 channel.
In Tab. 16, with reference to Fig. 17, the "D"/"D1"-"D2" connector pin-out is set down.
Tab. 16 "D"/"D1"-"D2" connector pin-out
1 D-DRX-a Negative side of received data balanced pair OUT
(D1/D2-IN)
2 D-DTX-a Negative side of transmitted data balanced
pair
IN
(D1/D2-OUT)
3 D-CKTX-a Negative side of clock balanced pair
associated with transmitted data
OUT
(D1/D2-IN)
4 D-CKRX-a Negative side of clock balanced pair
associated with received data
OUT
(D1/D2-IN)
5 GND Cable local ground, connected to IDU internal
ground
6 D-DRX-b Positive side of received data balanced pair OUT
(D1/D2-IN)
7 D-DTX-b Positive side of transmitted data balanced
pair
IN
(D1/D2-OUT)
8 D-CKTX-b Positive side of clock balanced pair
OUT
(D1/D2-IN)
9 D-CKRX-b Positive side of clock balanced pair
associated with received data
OUT
(D1/D2-IN)
NOTE - The D channeI is onIy avaiIabIe shouId IDU be equipped with
Q-Adapter unit or, in aIternative, with D ChanneI Distributor unit
suitabIy preset.
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 17 - D/D1-D2 data channeI interface - 64 kbit/s
(*) These accessories are contained in the sub-D 9C accessories (332-055/29), provided with external
() P/N 634-001/66 is no more available for both spare parts and for new orders. It is replaced with P/N
634-001/69.
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 18 - D/D1-D2 data channeI interface - 64 kbit/s: connections
53-001A8-201/E
2.8 Q channeI connection (optionaI)
The Q channel is available on two different electrical interfaces: X.21 and 10BASE2.
For this reason, the Q-Adapter unit is provided with two connectors:
X.21 interface: 15-pole, male, sub-D connector, identified by wording "Q(X.21)"
(see Fig. 19)
10BASE2 interface: 50 Ohm, BNC coaxial connector, identified by wording
"Q(10BASE2)" (see Fig. 20).
In Tab. 17, with reference to Fig. 18, the "Q (X.21)" connector pin-out is set down.
NOTE - The Q channeI is onIy avaiIabIe shouId IDU be equipped with
Q-Adapter unit.
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 19 - Q(X.21) interface
(*) These accessories are contained in the Q-Adapter unit kit (597-523/39), provided with ex-
ternal connection accessories (597-524/10); for mounting see doc. "Connector assembling".
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 17 "Q(X.21)" connector pin-out
1 Shield Cable shield: usually is left open
2 T(A) Negative side of transmitted data balanced
pair
OUT
3 C(A) Negative side of balanced pair of X.21 protocol
control line
OUT
4 R(A) Negative side of received data balanced pair IN
5 I(A) Negative side of balanced pair of X.21
connection indication line
IN
6 S(A) Negative side of input clock balanced pair
(common for transmission and reception)
IN
7 X(A) (**) Negative side of clock balanced pair to
transmitter input
IN
8 GND IDU local ground
9 T(B) Positive side of transmitted data balanced pair OUT
10 C(B) Positive side of balanced pair of X.21 protocol
control line
OUT
11 R(B) Positive side of received data balanced pair IN
12 I(B) Positive side of balanced pair of X.21
connection indication line
IN
13 S(B) Positive side of input clock balanced pair
(common for transmission and reception)
IN
14 X(B) (**) Positive side of clock balanced pair to
transmitter input
IN
15 Not
connected
(**) The balanced pair X(A)/X(B) does not fully comply with X.21 standard. It is the
clock input to SRA L equipment from an external equipment which can be used
by the Q-Adapter unit to synchronize the TX data stream in order to allow
different transmission rates between the transmitted and received data.
For X.21 standard, the receiver and transmitter data transmission rate is equal
and the common clock line is provided by S(A)-S(B) balanced pair.
Pins 7 and 14 of X.21 standard are usually dedicated to byte synchronization by
means of B(A)-B(B) balanced pair. In any case, the utilization of the byte
synchronization line is not monitoring for X.21 standard. "Q(X.21)" connector
can be configured through the Controller unit.
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 20 - Q(10BASE) interface
(*) These accessories are contained in the Q-Adapter unit kit (597-523/39), provided with external connection accessories
(597-524/10); for mounting see doc. "Connector assembling".
53-001A8-201/E
2.9 Handset connection (optionaI)
For the connection of the handset, EOW unit (see Fig. 1 and Fig. 2) is provided with a
jack (see Fig. 21).
In Tab. 18, with reference to Fig. 21, the handset jack pin-out is set down.
Tab. 18 Handset jack pin-out
Fig. 21 - View of handset jack
1 T Red wire of the telephone twisted pair
(NEUTRIX jack type) or battery positive line
(A&C type jack)
IN/OUT
2 R Black wire of the telephone twisted pair
(NEUTRIX type jack) or battery negative line
(A&C type jack)
IN/OUT
3 S Shield connected to IDU internal ground
NOTE - The service teIephone channeI is onIy avaiIabIe shouId IDU be
53-001A8-201/E
2.10 EOW expansion channeI connection (optionaI)
For the EOW expansion channel, EOW unit (see Fig. 1 and Fig. 2) is provided with two
9+9 (18)-pole, female D connectors, identified by wording EOW EXP (see Fig. 22).
Two connectors are required to realize EOW channel daisy-chain structure.
In Tab. 19, with reference to Fig. 22, "EOW EXP" connector pin-out is set down.
Tab. 19 "EOW EXP" connector pin-out
1 R1AIN Wire "a" of input audio signal for exp. 1 IN
2 T1AOUT Wire "a" of output audio signal for exp. 1 OUT
3 S1MIN (**) M input signal for exp. 1 IN
4 Not connected
5 Not connected
6 R1BIN Wire "b" of input audio signal for exp. 1 IN
7 T1BOUT Wire "b" of output audio signal for exp. 1 OUT
8 S1EOUT (**) E input signal for exp. 1 OUT
9 Not connected
10 R2AIN Wire "a" of input audio signal for exp. 2 IN
11 T2AOUT Wire "a" of output audio signal for exp. 2 OUT
12 S2MIN (**) M input signal for exp. 2 IN
13 Not connected
14 Not connected
15 R2BIN Wire "b" of input audio signal for exp. 2 IN
16 T2BOUT Wire "b" of output audio signal for exp. 2 OUT
17 S2EOUT (**) E input signal for exp. 2 OUT
18 Not connected
(**) For the use of keyboard handset with DMTF signaling, dont connect this wire.
NOTE - The service teIeohone channeI is onIy avaiIabIe shouId IDU be
53-001A8-201/E
Fig. 22 - EOW expansion channeI interface
(*) This EOW cable is included in the external connection accessories (597-524/10).
53-001A8-201/E
3 IDU-ODU IF INTERCONNECTION
Fig. 23 shows the ODU external connection elements.
Fig. 23 - View of ODU externaI connection eIements
53-001A8-201/E
3.1 Antenna connection
For the wave-guide connection to the antenna, the ODU is provided with following
flange/wave-guide:
7 GHz 8 GHz 10.5
GHz
13 GHz
FIange/Wave-guide
type
UDR 84 UDR 84 UBR
100
UBR
120
FIange/Wave-guide
type
UBR
140
UBR
220
UBR
220
UBR
220
UBR
320
NOTE - In (1+1) Hot-Standby 1 antenna configuration, the ODUs are directIy
connected to the antenna by means of fIexibIe wave-guides of (1+1)
Hot-Standby kit (RF spIitter).
53-001A8-201/E
3.2 POE connection
For the connection to POE, the ODU is provided with a 19-pin, hermetic circular
connector (see Fig. 23 and Fig. 24), provided with protective cover.
In Tab. 20, with reference to Fig. 23, the connector pin-out is set down.
Fig. 24 - Front view of POE connector
NOTE - The POE, described into this document, can be used onIy with ODU
with P/N 732-201/XX.
AII the other ODUs (P/N 732-201/XXB, C and 732-221/XXB, C) are
not provided with muItipoIar connector or if such a connector is
present (for instance 732-201/07B, C and 732-201/08 B, C), it is not
wired inside with the exception of the wire that carries the AGC
voItage for the received fieId.
Besides, it is present a BNC that aIIows the AGC measurement of
the received fiIed.
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 20 POE connector pin-out
A DTTX-P Positive side of transmitted data balanced
pair (to IDU)
IN
B DTTX-N Negative side of transmitted data balanced
pair (to IDU)
IN
C CKTX-N Negative side of clock balanced pair
(counter-directional interface)
OUT
D CKRX-N Negative side of clock balanced pair
associated with received data (codirectional
interface)
OUT
E DTRX-N Negative side of received data balanced
pair (from IDU)
OUT
F VCC +5 V supply voltage OUT
G Not connected
H -VB Negative side of POE power supply battery
voltage
OUT
J Not connected
K RX PWR Received signal level indication
(-4.5 V to -1 V = -90 to -20 dB aprox)
OUT
L IDU-CALL Call signal from ODU operator to local IDU
operator
IN
M IDU-RING Call signal from IDU operator to local ODU
operator
OUT
N LOCAL Call signal local ODU/remote equipment IN
P CKTX-P Positive side of clock balanced pair
(counter-directional interface)
OUT
R CKRX-P Positive side of clock balanced pair
associated with received data (codirectional
interface)
OUT
S DTRX-P Positive side of received data balanced pair
(from IDU)
OUT
T Not connected
U TXPWRALM RF power alarm signaling OUT
V GND Connection to ODU general ground and
positive side of battery voltage
(*) The signal transmission direction is referred as to the ODU: e.g., OUT means
signal outgoing from ODU.
53-001A8-201/E
4 EXTERNAL CONNECTION ACCESSORIES
For the execution of the external connections, the SRA L equipment is provided with the
accessories listed in Tab. 21, Tab. 22, Tab. 23, Tab. 24, Tab. 25 and Tab. 26.
Tab. 21 External connection accessories P/N 597-524/10
Item Cod. Description Q.ty Function
1 332-055/28 Power suppIy accessories 1 Power suppIy
422-060/16 Female connector 2
422-027/31 Female contact 4
422-027/35 Male contact 2
422-030/92 Shield shell for 15C conn. 2
422-059/16 Locking screw 4
147-016/02 Polyt. small. sack 1
216-21/469 Label 1
2 314-303/56 Ground cabIe 1 IDU grounding
3 332-055/50 Sub-D 25C accessories 1 AIarms
422-062/61 25C male sub-connector 1
147-016/02 Polyt. small. sack 1
216-21/469 Label 1
4 332-055/49 BB accessories 1 RTM 1 unit
314-327/91 OSM/N coaxial tail 1
147-016/04 Polyt. sack 1
216-21/469 Label 1
(continue)
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 21 External connection accessories P/N 597-524/10 (continue)
Item P/N Description Q.ty Function
5 332-055/49 BB accessories 1 RTM 2 unit
(onIy 1+1 or
2x(1+0) or Add
Drop)
314-327/91 "OSM/N" coaxial tail 1
147-016/04 Polyt. sack 1
216-21/469 Label 1
6 314-325/98 EOW cabIe 1 EOW unit
7 332-055/50 Sub-D 25C accessories 2 Trib. 8x2
2 Mbit/s
streams
147-016/02 Polyt. sack 2
216-21/469 Label 2
8 332-055/57 Sub-D 50C accessories 2 Trib. 16x2
2 Mbit/s
streams
147-016/13 Polyt. sack 2
216-21/469 Label 2
9 332-055/29 Sub-D 9C accessories 1 D ChanneI
Distributor unit
147-016/13 Polyt. sack 1
216-21/469 Label 1
(continue)
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 21 External connection accessories P/N 597-524/10 (continue)
Item P/N Description Q.tY Function
10 597-523/39 Kit for Q-Adapter unit 1 Q-Adapter unit
422-062/64 15C female sub-connector 1
421-009/93 T coax. BNC adapter 1
421-009/96 BNC coax. terminat. 50 Ohm 1
421-009/21 50 Ohm BNC flyng plug 2
147-016/13 Box 1
11 314-205/76 InstaIIation kit 1
MOD. 10-52 2.6-5.2 shrink tubing 1 m
PIR/15-25 PVC adhes tape 1
LEG/320-39 Cable TIE for internal inst. 50
BM/80-631
6.4 tube term. for 25 mm
2
10
BM80649
13 tube term. for 25 mm
2
10
RIB/5732-6
22
Inox steel screw M622 10
RIB/125-6 Inox steel washer 6 10
RIB/175-6 Inox steel spring washer 6 10
RIB/5588-6 Inox steel hex stail M6 10
RIB/5739-1
040
Inox steel screw M1040 10
RIB/125-10 Inox steel washer 10 10
RIB/175-10 Inox steel spring washer 10 10
RIB/5588-1
0
Inox steel hex stail M10 10
LEG/31916 Cable TIE for external inst. 50
TEC/402 Adhes tape for coaxial cable 1
PL/40 Antistatic bacs 1
12 232-124/25 CoaxiaI cabIe fixing bracket 1 I/O cabIe
(fixing)
13 350-001/04 Box 1
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 22 V bus daisy-chain kit P/N 597-524/09
Tab. 23 Andrew coaxial cable and accessories
Tab. 24 RFS-Kabelmetal coaxial cable and accessories
1) The Andrew and Kabelmetal coaxial cable are alternative to each other.
2) The quantities refer to single IDU/ODU Connection
3) The length of one IDU/ODU connection is at the maximum 400 m (standard
delivery is 30 m).
Item P/N Description Q.ty
1 314-327/88 120 Ohm termination connector (male) 1
2 314-327/89 120 Ohm termination connector (female) 1
3 314-327/90 Interconnection cable (male/female/male) 1
4 350-001/08 Box 1
Item P/N Description Q.ty Notes
1 314-327/79 CF 1/4 LDF1RN - 50 Ohm
coaxial cable
m 1, 2, 3
2 597-523/94
421-008/86
421-008/84
333-032/15
1/4 coaxial cable accessories
N type coaxial plug L1PNM-H N
90N type coaxial plug L1PNR-HC
223158 Grounding Kit
1
1
1
2
1, 2
Item P/N Description Q.ty Notes
1 104-009/33 CF 1/4 Cu2Y - 50 Ohm coaxial cable m 1, 2, 3
2 597-523/94
421-008/24
421-008/23
333-031/80
1/4 coaxial cable accessories
N type coaxial plug 155 010 35
90N type coaxial plug L1PNR-HC
223158 Grounding Kit
1
1
1
2
1, 2
53-001A8-201/E
Tab. 25 120 Ohm electrical material set - 8x2 Mbit/s (P/N 597-523/85)
1) To be used for the connections from the power supply distributor to "PS1" and
"PS2" connectors available on the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit (standard L = 215 m for
SRA L).
2) To be used for the connections from the station earthing system to rack, IF coaxial
cable and ODU (standard L = 20 m for SRA L).
3) To be used for the connections from the 120 Ohm - 2 Mbit/s streams distributor to
"1"-"4" and "5"-"8" connectors available on the 120 Ohm 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit
(standard L = 215 m for SRA L).
4) To be used for the connections from the alarms distributor to "ALARMS"
connectors available on the Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit (standard L = 15 m for
SRA L).
SRA L).
"1"-"8" connectors available on the 75 Ohm 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit (standard L =
215 m for SRA L).
SRA L).
Item P/N Description Notes
1 105-013/02
21.5 mm
2
bipolar shielded cable
1
2 103-037/60
YE-GR PVC 125 mm
2
grounding cable
2
3 104-041/23 8 pair double shield cable 3
1 105-013/02
21.5 mm
2
1
2 103-037/60
YE-GR PVC 125 mm
2
grounding cable
2
3 104-041/22 75 Ohm coaxial cable TCE 2HH2 8(0.4-1.9) 3
53-001A8-201/E
SRA L).
"1"-"8" and "9"-"16" connectors available on the 120 Ohm
2 Mbit/s Tributary unit (standard L = 215 m for SRA L).
SRA L).
SRA L).
"1"-"8" connectors available on the 75 Ohm 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit (standard L =
215 m for SRA L).
SRA L).
FINE
1 105-013/02
21.5 mm
2
1
2 103-037/60
YE-GR PVC 125 mm
2
grounding cable
2
3 (*) 16 pair double shield cable 3
1 105-013/02
21.5 mm
2
1
2 103-037/60
YE-GR PVC 125 mm
2
grounding cable
2
3 104-041/23 75 Ohm coaxial cable TCE 2HH2 16 (0.4-1.9) 3
NOTE - (*) P/N IMC 3399QIPA
SRA L
Connector assembling
53-001A8-202/E
Connector assembling SRA L
53-001A8-202/E
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Connector assembling
53-001A8-202/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2 SELF-LOCKING COAXIAL PLUG (421-015/60) FOR 75 OHM
COAXIAL CABLE (104-102/21-22) ASSEMBLING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . 5
3 SHIELD SHELL 9-15-25-50 PIN CONNECTOR
(422-030/90-93) ASSEMBLING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
(422-062/60..61..64..86..89) ASSEMBLING
INSTRUCTIONS WITH MULTIPAIRS CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5 SUB-D 9-15-25-50 CONTACTS CONNECTOR
(422-062/60..61..64..86..89) WITH MULTIPAIRS CABLE
(METALLIC SHELL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
6 SUB-D 25..50 CONTACTS CONNECTOR (422-062/61..89) WITH
75 Ohm MULTICOAXIAL CABLE (104-102/22..23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
7 METALLIC SHELL (422-030/83 and 422-058/81) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
8 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTOR (422-060/16, 422-027/31-35)
WITH BIPOLAR SHIELDED 2x1.5 mmq POWER SUPPLY
CABLE (105-013/02) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
9 BNC COAXIAL PLUG (421-009/21) FOR ETH 3120 50 OHM
COAXIAL CABLE (104-013/01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
10 KABELMETAL COAXIAL N-PLUG (421-008/24) AND COAXIAL
N90- (421-008/23) PLUG ASSEMBLING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 26
11 KABELMETAL GROUNDING KIT (333-031/80)
ASSEMBLING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
12 ANDREW COAXIAL 90N-PLUG (421-008/84) MOUNTING
INSTRUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
13 COAXIAL PLUG L1PNM-H (421-008/86) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
14 ANDREW GROUNDING KIT (333-032/15) ASSEMBLING
INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
15 CRIMP TOOL (323-003/19) FOR POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTOR (422-060/16, 422-027/31-35) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
53-001A8-202/E
Illustrations
Fig. 1 Dimensions of 9-15-25-50 contact connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fig. 1 Dimensions of 9-15-25-50 contact connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fig. 2 Dimensions of metallic shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Fig. 3 Power supply connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Fig. 4 Kabelmetal coaxial plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Fig. 5 Andrew coaxial 90N-plug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fig. 6 Andrew coaxial N-plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Fig. 7 Andrew grounding kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
53-001A8-202/E
1 GENERAL
This document provides useful information for the installation personnel about the cable
installation and the connector assembling.
2 SELF-LOCKING COAXIAL PLUG (421-015/60)
FOR 75 OHM COAXIAL CABLE
(104-102/21-22) ASSEMBLING
INSTRUCTIONS
PROCEDURE:
1. Insert the ferrule over the cable and cut the cable sheat, braid, dielectric and central
conductor accoring to the measurement indicated here below.
2. Introduce the dielectric central conductor until resting, crimp by crimping tool.
3. Introduce the central onductor in the coaxial plug until the central conductor blocks,
arrage the braid on plug body and push the ferrule until it rests against the plug and
crimp by crimping tool.
53-001A8-202/E
(422-030/90-93) ASSEMBLING
INSTRUCTIONS
Fig. 1 shows the connector dimensions.
Fig. 1 Dimensions of 9-15-25-50 contact connectors
P/N
PIN
CONTACT
DIMENSIONS
max. A max. B C D E max. F
422-030/91 9 15 31.30 25 - 23.3 8
422-030/92 15 15 39.62 33.3 16.5 23.3 9
422-030/93 25 15 53.52 47 30.4 37 11
422-030/90 50 19 67.41 61.1 44.3 51.5 14.9
53-001A8-202/E
PROCEDURE:
1. Fit both (cable and connector) into the shell and position the cable ring in its
appropriate seat.
53-001A8-202/E
2. Fix the cable clamp with the three screws supplied. Each shell is equipped with two
different cable clamps. Choose the more suitable for the size of the cable and
discard the other one in accordance with the table below.
(*) A = small
B = large
P/N
SHELL
PIN
CONTACT
CABLE CLAMP
(*)
CABLE
DIAM.
422-030/91 9
A
B
4-6
6-8
422-030/92 15
A
B
5-8
8-10
422-030/93 25
A
B
5-8.5
8.5-11
422-030/90 50
A
B
9-1
12-14.5
53-001A8-202/E
3. Fit the two fixing screws in the appropriate seats of the shell.
4. Close the two halves of the shell by pressing them together with a hand press.
53-001A8-202/E
(422-062/60..61..64..86..89) ASSEMBLING
INSTRUCTIONS WITH MULTIPAIRS CABLE
PROCEDURE:
1. Remove the sheat to a lenght suitable for the dimensions of the ferrule.
2. Insert the cable throught the cable-ring and through the contact bush.
3. Position the cable-ring at the distance shown in the figure.
4. Place the contact ring against the contact bush.
53-001A8-202/E
5. For the double shield cable, cut the metal braid and the ground wire to a lenght of
9/10 mm and bend them back the contact ring.
Cut the metal ribbon to completely free the twisted pairs.
6. Connect the cable to the connector.
appropriate seat.
53-001A8-202/E
5 SUB-D 9-15-25-50 CONTACTS CONNECTOR
(422-062/60..61..64..86..89) WITH
MULTIPAIRS CABLE (METALLIC SHELL)
PROCEDURE:
2. Insert the cable throught the cable-ring.
4. For the double shield cable, cut the metal braid and the ground wire to a lenght of
9/10 mm and bend them back the contact ring.
Cut the metal ribbon to completely free the twisted pairs.
53-001A8-202/E
5. Connect the cable to the connector.
appropriate seat.
53-001A8-202/E
6 SUB-D 25..50 CONTACTS CONNECTOR
(422-062/61..89) WITH 75 Ohm
MULTICOAXIAL CABLE (104-102/22..23)
PROCEDURE:
1. Insert the HEATSHRINK SLEEVE with length 40 mm on the cable and trim the
OUTER SHEATH according to the measures pointed out here below.
2. Trim the SHEATH, the BRAID, the DIELECTRIC and the CENTRAL
CONDUCTOR of all the eight single cables according to the measures pointed out
here below.
3. Position the HEATSHRINK SLEEVE on the OUTER SHEATH and on the INNER
ones, as pointed out here below.
Heat the heatshrink sleeve ensuring that it adheres well on the inner and outer sheaths.
* = Dimension to be used for the 8 coax cable (104-102/22)
** = Dimension to be used for the 16 coax cable (104-102/23)
53-001A8-202/E
4. Connect the cable to the connector. Use a piece of the central conductor to execute
the ground inner connections.
5. Insert the cable and the connector into the shielded shell, as pointed out at point 7.
Pay maximum attention to connect all the BRAIDS of the single cables to the cable
clamp of the shell itself.
53-001A8-202/E
7 METALLIC SHELL (422-030/83 and
422-058/81)
Fig. 2 shows the connector dimensions.
Fig. 2 Dimensions of metallic shell
P/N
CONTACTS
N
A
0.3
B
0.3
C
0.3
D
0.3
E
0.3
F
Max
422-030/83 25 28 47 54 45 15.4 11.3
422-058/81 50 42 61.1 67.8 48 18.5 15
53-001A8-202/E
PROCEDURE:
appropriate seat.
2. Fix the CABLE CLAMP with the two screws supplied.
53-001A8-202/E
3. Fit the two FIXING SCREWS in the appropriate seats of the shell.
4. Close the two HALVES OF THE SHELL by pressing them together with a hand
press
53-001A8-202/E
5. Fix the two halves of the shell inserting and screwing a screw on both sides into the
proper available seats
53-001A8-202/E
8 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTOR (422-060/16,
422-027/31-35) WITH BIPOLAR SHIELDED
2x1.5 mmq POWER SUPPLY CABLE
(105-013/02)
Fig. 3 shows the parts composing the power supply connector.
Fig. 3 Power supply connector
53-001A8-202/E
PROCEDURE:
2. Insert the cable throught the cable-ring and through the contact bush.
4. Place the contact ring against the contact bush.
53-001A8-202/E
5. Cut the METAL BRAID to a length of 9-10 mm and bend it back to cover the
CONTACT RING.
6. Unsheath the two wires as shown on the drawing.
7. Insert the two unsheathed wires into the female contacts (422-027/31) as shown
on the drawing
and crimp them with the crimp tool. (323-003/15).
8. Insert the contact with the 1-brand cable set to pos. A1 and the contact with the
2-brand cable set to pos. A3, as certain that the contacts are securely
snap-fastened into position.
53-001A8-202/E
9. Insert the male contact (422-027/35) with no wire crimped into pos. A2.
10. Insert the whole (i.e. cable and connector) into the shielded shell (see par. 3).
53-001A8-202/E
9 BNC COAXIAL PLUG (421-009/21) FOR ETH
3120 50 OHM COAXIAL CABLE (104-013/01)
53-001A8-202/E
PROCEDURE:
1. Insert the Ferrule over the cable and cut the cable Sheath, Braid, Dielectric and
Central Conductor according to the measurements indicated here below
2. Introduce the dielectric Central Conductor until resting, crimp by Crimp Tool
(236-100/15)
3. Introduce the Central Conductor in the BNC Coaxial Plug until the central
Conductor blocks, arrange the Braid on Plug Body and push the Ferrule until it
rests against the plug and crimp by Crimp Tool (236-100/15)
53-001A8-202/E
10 KABELMETAL COAXIAL N-PLUG
(421-008/24) AND COAXIAL N90-
(421-008/23) PLUG ASSEMBLING
INSTRUCTIONS
Fig. 4 shows the parts composing the Kabelmetal coaxial N/N90plugs.
Fig. 4 Kabelmetal coaxial plugs
53-001A8-202/E
PROCEDURE:
1. Trim the cable in a right angle to the cable longitudinal axis.
2. Trim the cable SHEATH according to the measure pointed out here below.
**Warning** Do not strain the cable during the trimming operation.
3. Insert the O-RING (1) on the cable. Position it into the last valley of the corrugated
shield.
4. Insert the CABLE-CLAMP (2) on the cable until to reach the perfect contact on the
SHEATH and on the O-RING (1).
5. Let the CABLE-CLAMP lightly sliding in the opposite direction of the insertion, until
the CLAMPING TEETH enter the first corrugation valley.
53-001A8-202/E
6. Let the CABLE-CLAMP lightly sliding over the CLAMPING TEETH until to reach
the contact.
7. Remove the visible CORRUGATED SHIELD by means of cutting nippers and
pliers. Apply a rotation force through wich it is possible using as a reference the
connector CABLE-CLAMP and paying the maximum attention, to reach directly the
correct trimming of the shield.
8. After having removed the visible corrugated shield, check that the ending part of
the not removed corrugated shield creates a supporting lip on the clamping teeth.
53-001A8-202/E
9. Remove the visible DIELECTRIC and if it is necessary clean the central conductor
from dielectric residues.
10. Trim the CENTRAL CONDUCTOR according to the measure pointed out here
below. Apply a rotation force by means of cutting nippers and chamfer the
trimming edge by means of a file.
11. Insert the CENTRAL BODY (3) until to reach the contact with the CABLE-CLAMP
(2).
53-001A8-202/E
12. Screw together the CENTRAL BODY (3) and the CABLE-CLAMP (2) (The
tightening torque is about 8 Nm). Pay particular **ATTENTION** to keep at rest the
CENTRAL BODY (3) and to let rotating the CABLE-CLAMP (2) only.
13. To tape the 90N COAXIAL PLUG and the COAXIAL CABLE with the ADHES
TAPE FOR COAXIAL, CABLE (TEC/402) supplied with INSTALLATION KIT
(314-205/76), in order to assure a complete tightly. First of all wrap the ADHES
TAPE FOR COAXIAL CABLE to the CABLE, in advance take care to heat and to
tight the ADHES TAPE FOR COAXIAL CABLE, and besides to put on at least by
a half tape width.
14. To repeat the operation of item "13" with the PVC ADHES TAPE (PIR/15-25)
supplied with INSTALLATION KIT (314-205/76), wrapping the PVC ADHES TAPE
over the ADHES TAPE FOR COAXIAL CABLE.
53-001A8-202/E
11 KABELMETAL GROUNDING KIT (333-031/80)
ASSEMBLING INSTRUCTIONS
THE KIT CONTAINS :
1 - Earthing clamp
2 - Clamp lining
3 - Butyl sealing compound
4 - Self bonding tape
53-001A8-202/E
PROCEDURE:
1. Clean the plastic jacket at the desired earthing point and cut out a strip of approx
26 mm.
2. Push the clamp lining (2) on the outer conductor.
Push the earthing clamp (1) over the linings and screw togheter.
3. Remove both layers of paper from the butyl sealing compound (3) and form it
equilateral around the cable and earthing clamp.
Press carefully all compound edges together, tight to the cable and earthing clamp.
ATTENTION !
Install EARTHING KIT only the cable runs straight.
53-001A8-202/E
4. Fold on of the overlapping edges in front of and the other one behind the earthing
outlet.
Press and farm it tightly to cable and earthing clamp.
5. Cut from the self bonding tape (4) two strips of each 8 cm and one strip of 5 cm.
Wrap the two 8 cm strips in a parallel overlapping fashion over the compound on
cable and earthing outlet, wrap now the 5 cm strip overlapping onto the compound
edge, around the earthing outlet.
6. Wrap thigt the remaining tape over the uncovered part of the compound and make
sure that the tape overlapps the compound on the cable at least by a half tape
width.
53-001A8-202/E
12 ANDREW COAXIAL 90 N-PLUG (421-008/84)
MOUNTING INSTRUCTION
Fig. 5 shows the parts composing the Andrew coaxial 90N-plug.
A - Connector
B - Clamping nut
C - O-ring
D - O-ring
E - Heat-shrink tube
F - Adhesive
G - Trim gauge
Fig. 5 Andrew coaxial 90N-plug
53-001A8-202/E
PROCEDURE:
1. Cut the cable into the CORRUGATION VALLEY
2. Cut the CABLE JACKET for a lenght of 32 mm
3. Insert on the shield the O-RING (C), apply on the ring the SILICONE GREASE (F).
Do not touch the grease with fingers
53-001A8-202/E
4. Insert the CLAMPING NUT (B) on the cable till to touch the O-RING (C)
5. Cut, by means of a FINE-TOOTHED SAW, THE METALLIC SHIELD at the base
of the CLAMPING NUT.
53-001A8-202/E
6. In the same position described at the preceding point engrave the DIELECTRIC
MATERIAL by means of a cutter and remove it.
7. Insert the tip of a knife between the FOAM and the OUTER CONDUCTOR of the
cable and separate them so that the OUTER CONDUCTOR touch the CLAMPING
NUT
53-001A8-202/E
8. Place the TRIM GAUGE (G) over the INNER CONDUCTOR and against the
CLAMPING NUT. Cut the INNER CONDUCTOR
9. Remove the TRIM GAUGE and deburr the INNER CONDUCTOR with a file and let
at sight a part of it with lenght 9mm
53-001A8-202/E
10. Lubricate the O-RING by means of the SILICONE (F) and insert the O-RING on the
CLAMPING NUT. Do not touch the SILICONE with fingers.
11. Insert the OUTER BODY (A) on the CLAMPING NUT (B).
53-001A8-202/E
12. Keeping stopped the 1/2" WRENCH on the CLAMPING NUT, rotate clockwise the
9/16 WRENCH on the OUTER BODY (Force = 5-6 Nm)
53-001A8-202/E
13. To tape the 90N-PLUG and the COAXIAL CABLE with the ADHES TAPE FOR
COAXIAL CONNECTOR (TEC/402) supplied with INSTALLATION KIT
(314-205/76), in order to assure a complete tightly. First of all wrap the ADHES
TAPE FOR COAXIAL CONNECTOR to the CABLE, in advance take care to heat
and to tight the ADHES TAPE FOR COAXIAL CONNECTOR, and besides to put
on at least by a half tape width.
14. To repeat the operation of item "13" with the PVC ADHES TAPE (PIR/15-25)
supplied with Installation Kit (314-205/76), wrapping the PVC ADHES TAPE over
the ADHES TAPE for COAXIAL CONNECTOR .
53-001A8-202/E
13 COAXIAL PLUG L1PNM-H (421-008/86)
Fig. 6 shows the parts composing the coaxial N-plug.
A - Connector
B - Clamping nut
C - O-ring
D - O-ring
E - Heat-shrink tube
F - Adhesive
G - Trim gauge
Fig. 6 Andrew coaxial N-plug
53-001A8-202/E
PROCEDURE:
1. Cut the cable into the CORRUGATION VALLEY
2. Cut the CABLE JACKET for a lenght of 32 mm
3. Insert on the shield the O-RING (C) apply on the ring the SILICONE GREASE (F)
Do not touch the grease with fingers
53-001A8-202/E
4. Insert the CLAMPING NUT (B) on the cable till to touch the O-RING (C)
5. Cut, by means of a FINE-TOOTHED SAW, THE METALLIC SHIELD at the base
of the CLAMPING NUT.
53-001A8-202/E
6. In the same position described at the preceding point engrave the DIELECTRIC
MATERIAL by means of a cutter and remove it
7. Insert the tip of a knife between the FOAM and the OUTER CONDUCTOR of the
cable and separate them so that the OUTER CONDUCTOR touch the CLAMPING
NUT
53-001A8-202/E
8. Place the TRIM GAUGE (G) over the INNER CONDUCTOR and against the
CLAMP NUT. Cut the INNER CONDUCTOR
9. Remove the TRIM GAUGE and deburr the INNER CONDUCTOR with a file
53-001A8-202/E
10. Slide the INNER CONNECTOR onto the CONDUCTOR
53-001A8-202/E
11. Insert the SPACING GAUGE (E) to properly position the INNER CONNECTOR
during assembly
12. Solder the INNER CONNECTOR in place using the solder hole provided
53-001A8-202/E
13. Shave off any excess solder or flux residue with a knife or buff it carefully
14. Add the bigger O-RING (D) to the CLAMPING NUT. Apply a thin coating of silicone
grease to the outer surface of the O-RING. Keep all the CLAMPING NUT threads
free of grease.
53-001A8-202/E
15. Thread the OUTER BODY (A) onto the CLAMPING NUT (B). Hold the CLAMPING
NUT and turn only the OUTER BODY (connector) (Force = 5.4 0.5 Nm)
53-001A8-202/E
14 ANDREW GROUNDING KIT (333-032/15)
ASSEMBLING INSTRUCTIONS
Fig. 7 shows the parts composing the Andrew grounding kit.
A - Ground wire
B - Butyl rubber tape
C - Bolt
D - Nut
E - Flat washer
F - Lock washer
G - Electrical tape
H - Cable ties
I - Conductive grease
Fig. 7 Andrew grounding kit
53-001A8-202/E
PROCEDURE:
1. Position the ground wire terminal (if attached) to the attachment point (bus bar,
etc.).
Then, position the ground strap on the transmission line and mark the location.
Remove 63 mm of jacket for attachment of the ground strap.
53-001A8-202/E
2. Cut off a piece of butyl rubber tape 76 mm long and wrap it around the ground wire
near the ground strap.
53-001A8-202/E
3. Wrap the ground strap around the conductor so that the appropriate slot is
exposed.
4. Install the cables ties in the proper slots according to the type of cable.
53-001A8-202/E
5. Tighten the cables ties with pliers and cut off the excess.
WARNING Do not rotate or otherwise move the ground strap after
tightening.
53-001A8-202/E
6. Press and form butyl rubber tape on the entire ground wire to the jacket of cable or
waveguide.
53-001A8-202/E
7. Cut off a piece of butyl rubber tape 76 mm long and fold it twice to make a small
square. Press and form this tape onto the flange of the ground strap.
53-001A8-202/E
8. Starting at the bottom, wrap the butyl rubber tape over the entire connection in a
half-width, overlapping pattern, stretching the tape as you wrap.
Continue upward to a point 25 mm above the ground strap. Squeeze the tape along
its edges to form it to the connection.
53-001A8-202/E
9. Wrap five layers of electrical tape over the entire connection so that each layer
extends 25 mm beyond the ends of the previous tape layer.
Start wrapping at the bottom, below the butyl rubber tape, and overlap the tape at
half-width.
Stretch the tape enough to avoid forming wrinkles.
Reverse wrapping directions at the end of each layer.
53-001A8-202/E
10. Do not stretch the tape for the last two turns of the fifth layer to avoid unraveling
because of tension on the adhesive.
Tightly squezee the completed wrapping with both hands to ensure that the layers
are secure.
53-001A8-202/E
15 CRIMP TOOL (323-003/19) FOR POWER
SUPPLY CONNECTOR (422-060/16,
422-027/31-35)
THE SPECIAL TOOL CONSISTS OF ONE CRIMP TOOL AND TWO MATRIX
* WARNING * = ONE TOOL FOR EACH INSTALLATION TEAM HAS TO BE
SUPPLIED
53-001A8-202/E
* WARNING * = ONE TOOL FOR EACH INSTALLATION TEAM HAS TO BE
SUPPLIED
FINE
SRA L
Activation
53-001A8-501/E
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 PRELIMINARY CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3 START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5 ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.1 Alignment procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.2 Standard antenna adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.2.1 Fine adjustment in elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.2.1.1 Adjustment between +5and -50(see Fig. 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.2.1.2 Adjustment between -5and +50(see Fig. 5 and Fig. 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.2.2 Fine adjustment in azimuth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5.2.3 Crossed polarization optimization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5.3 Elevation and azimuth adjustment for slim antenna 20/30 cm. . . . . . . . . 20
5.4 Elevation and azimuth adjustment for slim antenna 60 cm . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6 FINAL CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.1 Normal operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
6.2 Alarm conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
Illustrations
Fig. 1 IDU P/N 732-101/01 front view (fully equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fig. 2 IDU P/N 732-101/11 front view (fully equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fig. 3 ODU external view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Fig. 4 Standard antenna: fine adjustment in elevation between +5and -50. . . . 15
Fig. 5 Standard antenna: presetting for adjustment in elevation between
+5and -50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Fig. 6 Standard antenna: fine adjustment in elevation between +5and -50. . . . 17
Fig. 7 Standard antenna: fine adjustment in azimuth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Fig. 8 Standard antenna in (1+0): crossed polarization optimization. . . . . . . . . . . 19
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
Tables
Tab. 1 LED lighting up status in normal operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
1 GENERAL
This document describes the actions to be carried out for setting the equipment to work,
the equipment having been assembled (see document "Equipment installation), the
hardware presettings (see document "Presettings") and the external connections (see
document "External connections") performed.
An external device (multimeter) can be used by the external operator to obtain the
measurement of the received power field. This device, when utilized, has to be plugged
in the ODU special connector (BNC type), after removing the protective cover (see
document "External connections").
Fig. 1, Fig. 2, and Fig. 3 show the external views of IDU, ODU where all the connectors,
LEDs, commands and test points, utilized during the activation phase, are pointed out.
NOTE Should doubts arise while executing the activation actions
(especially as far as the antenna alignment is concerned), address
to the factory.
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
Fig. 1 IDU P/N 732-101/01 front view (fully equipped)
(*) Optional
(**) Not present in (1 + 0) configuration
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
Fig. 2 IDU P/N 732-101/11 front view (fully equipped)
(*) Optional
(**) Not present in (1 + 0) configuration
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
Fig. 3 ODU external view
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
2 PRELIMINARY CHECKS
All the units, the equipment consists of, are tested and adjusted in the factory;
consequently, no checks are required on these units during installation.
Before activating the equipment, the following preliminary checks have to be performed:
Before supplying the equipment check that the equipment (IDU and ODU) is
connected to the protection ground. Such a connection has not to be removed or
damaged.
Check the IDU is correctly equipped, according to the requirements of the specific
utilization configuration (see the document "Equipment composition").
Check the IDU is connected in redundant way to the power supply line from the
station battery ("PS1" and "PS2" connectors of 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit).
Check the IF connection is made between IDU and each ODU.
Check all the IDU external connections are made, according to the requirements
of the specific utilization configuration.
Check the wave-guide connections between the antenna and ODU have been
carried out.
3 START-UP
To activate the equipment, act as follows:
Apply the voltage to the power supply line from station batteries.
Check that, on the Controller unit, leds "INT", "URG" and "" are lit.
Set to "ON" the main switch "POWER" of the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit.
Check the green LED is lit on the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit.
At initialization phase end (display of RTM unit lit), check the following IDU LEDs
are off:
red LEDs "
\
", "INT", "NURG" and yellow LEDs "ABN", "IND" of Controller unit
WARNING Should the equipment configuration be modified on field, it
is necessary to execute the relevant presettings in the
2 Mbit/s Tributary unit according to instructions set down in
document "Presettings".
WARNING The IDU can be connected to the power supply line of the
station batteries even in non redundant way. In such a case,
only the input relevant to "PS1" connector has to be utilized.
WARNING To ensure the operators' safety, make sure that no operator
is facing the antenna when the equipment is activated.
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
red LEDs "OPEN CABLE", "ODU OVL", "
\
", "BER" of RTM unit
red LED "
\
" and yellow LED "TEMP" of Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit (if
equipped)
red LED "
\
" of EOW unit (if equipped)
red LED "
\
" of Q-Adapter unit (if equipped).
The status of the other LEDs located on the IDU front panel is not significant since it
depends on equipment operating conditions.
4 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION
Before the operational use of the equipment, it is necessary to software configure both
the radio link and the equipment, according to the system outfit and configuration and
the customer operational requirements.
The software configuration can be carried out, either in local way or in remote way,
through a PC, on which the special software is loaded. In local mode, the service PC
has to be plugged in the "PC" connector of the Controller unit (see document "External
connections"). For the use of the configuration software, refer to the software OMN
Manual. The equipment comes with default TCP/IP address and netmask set. It can
therefore be conected to the PC only using the localne.map IP map (see OMN Manual
for details).
Should the software configuration have been already executed at factory under
customer request, it is necessary, in any case, to check it before the equipment
utilization to ensure a correct and reliable operation.
5 ALIGNMENT
The alignment procedure consists in positioning the antenna according to the maximum
field direction.
This procedure can be directly performed by ODU operator.
NOTE In this phase, the red LED "URG", of Controller unit, is not
significant since it can be lit on account of the misalignment of the
corresponding antenna and/or the deactivation of the
corresponding remote terminal. In operating conditions
(equipment activated, antenna aligned, remote terminal activated),
the mentioned LED is off.
WARNING The first setting of the TCP/IP connection parameters must
be executed in local mode, insulating the equipment from
the rest of the network or of the link.
WARNING The antenna alignment is indispensable to ensure the
equipment correct operation and to make reliable the radio
link towards the remote terminal.
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
5.1 Alignment procedure
For the antenna alignment, act as follows:
Check the antenna is positioned in accordance with the specified coordinates for
the site both on local terminal and remote terminal.
Check the local terminal and the remote one are activated (see par. 3).
Set the equipment for the received power measurement. The reading of the RF
received power can be made either on the "RCV FIELD" display, of the RTM unit
(digital indication in dBm) and on multimeter. Besides, the RF received power can
be measured by applying an analog voltmeter to the relevant test point of AUX
connector in this case, remove the protective cover to get access to the connector.
The RF received power analog indication ranges between -5 V (maximum power)
and -0.5 V (-90 dBm approx.). Sensitivity is 0.5V/decade, approx.
Carry out the antenna centering by the fine adjustment in azimuth and elevation
(see par. 5.2), in order to position the antenna in correspondence of the maximum
value of the received power.
Execute the centering procedure also in the remote terminal.
If necessary, execute the optimization by means of the crossed polarization on
both the local and remote terminal.
5.2 Standard antenna adjustment
The antenna adjustments are carried out in the same way for all the system
configurations, since the antenna supporting frame, where the adjusting devices are
located, is always the same. The antenna adjusting procedures are here below
described, with reference to (1+0) configuration.
NOTE The centering procedure has to be made on every terminal at least
twice alternatively, before the final positioning.
For the correct equipment operation, it is necessary that the value
on "RCV FIELD" display of RTM unit ranges between -91 dBm (min.
received power) and -30 dBm (max. received power) with nominal
indication accuracy. Should the received power be below the
minimum threshold, number "-99" is displayed. Instead, should the
received power exceeds the maximum threshold, the value power
indication accurancy makes worse since the ODU Rx RF chain
saturates and so prevents the equipment damaging limiting the
signal level. Up to real received signal power -20 dBm the
equipments works correctly with BER 10
-10
.
NOTE The antenna adjustments have to be carried out with the local and
remote terminals activated and operating.
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
5.2.1 Fine adjustment in elevation
The antenna, according to its arrangement, can be fine adjusted in elevation between:
+5and -50: adjusting screw in upper position
-5and +50: adjusting screw in lower position.
This is valid for both the antenna mounting modes (right hand and left hand pole)..
5.2.1.1 Adjustment between +5and -50(see Fig. 4)
Loosen the three screws (1) blocking the elevation on the antenna supporting
frame.
Act on the elevation adjusting screw (2):
clockwise (A): up
counterclockwise (B): down.
At the end of the action, screw down the three screws (1) blocking the elevation on
the antenna supporting frame.
5.2.1.2 Adjustment between -5and +50(see Fig. 5 and Fig. 6)
Prior to proceed, it is necessary to arrange the antenna supporting frame for the
adjustment between -5and +50, by acting as follows (refer to Fig. 5):
Remove the three screws (1) and the relevant washers (2-3) and nuts (4) blocking
the elevation on the antenna supporting frame.
Move each blocking elevation screw (1) to the opposed end of the relevant slot (5).
Screw down the three blocking elevation screws (1) with relevant washers (2-3)
and nuts (4) in the new position.
Take away the elevation adjusting screw (6) by backing off the two fixing screws
(7) and the relevant washers (8).
Mount the antenna adjusting screw (2), rotated by 180, in the lower part of the
antenna supporting frame and screw down the two fixing screws (7) by relevant
washers (8).
The frame having been arranged, proceed to the adjustment in elevation between -5
and +50, with reference to Fig. 6, acting as follows:
Loosen the three screws (1) blocking the elevation on the antenna supporting
frame.
Act on the elevation adjusting screw (2):
clockwise (A): up
counterclockwise (B): down.
On procedure completion, tighten the three screws (1) blocking the elevation on the
antenna supporting frame.
NOTE The antenna is always delivered with the supporting frame
arranged for left pole mounting and for elevation adjustment
between +5and -50.
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
5.2.2 Fine adjustment in azimuth
The antenna can be adjusted in azimuth between 7. To adjust in azimuth the antenna,
act as follows (refer to Fig. 7):
Loosen the nuts (1) securing the two upper U-bolts (2)
Act on azimuth adjusting screw (3):
clockwise (A)
counterclockwise (B)
On procedure completion, tighten the nuts (1) fixing the two upper U-bolts (2).
5.2.3 Crossed polarization optimization
For the crossed polarization optimization, a fine adjustment between 5is possible on
every antenna.
To execute this procedure act as follows (refer to Fig. 8):
Loosen the four screws (1) blocking the antenna on it supporting frame.
Act on one of the two screws (2-3) for crossed polarization adjustment:
upper screw (2): adjustment from 0to -5
lower screw (3): adjustment from 0to +5.
On procedure completion, tighten the four screws (1) blocking the antenna on its
supporting frame.
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
Fig. 4 Standard antenna: fine adjustment in elevation between +5and -50
1 - M1030 hex. head screw
2 - Elevation adjusting screw
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
Fig. 5 Standard antenna: presetting for adjustment in elevation between +5and -50
1 - M1030 hex, head screw
2 - Flat washer
3 - Spring washer
4 - Hexagonal nut
5 - Slot
7 - Screw
8 - Washer
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
Fig. 6 Standard antenna: fine adjustment in elevation between +5and -50
1 - TE M1030 hex. head screw
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
Fig. 7 Standard antenna: fine adjustment in azimuth
1 - Hex. nut
2 - U-bolt
3 - Azimuth adjusting screw
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
Fig. 8 Standard antenna in (1+0): crossed polarization optimization
1 - M820 hex. head screw
2 - M640 hex. head screw, adjustment from 0to -5
3 - M640 hex. head screw, adjustment from 0to +5
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
5.3 Elevation and azimuth adjustment for slim antenna 20/30
cm
Fig. 9 Slim antenna 20/30 cm: adjustment in elevation and azimuth
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
5.4 Elevation and azimuth adjustment for slim antenna 60
cm
Fig. 10 Slim antenna 60 cm: adjustment in elevation and azimuth
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
6 FINAL CHECKS
The antennas having been aligned, the following checks have to be carried out with both
the local and remote terminals activated:
Check all the red and yellow LEDs of IDU alarm signaling are off; the lighting up
status of the other LEDs must comply with the operational condition (see Tab. 1).
Check on "RCV FIELD" display of every RTM unit, a value ranging between -91
dBm (min. received power value) and -30 dBm (max. received power value) is
displayed.
The equipment operating status could be verified through the PC, via software (see
software OMN Manual).
A malfunction is signaled:
by the alarm/status LEDs installed on the front panel of the IDU units and by
resuming optical indications of rack alarm
by software through the alarm signallings displayed on the PC or on the
supervision system.
6.1 Normal operating conditions
The equipment normal operating conditions are pointed out by:
alarm signaling red lamp (if present) off, on the rack top
all the alarm signaling red LEDs off, on IDU front panel
green LED on, signaling the supply voltage presence, on 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit
front panel
all the other signaling LED, located on IDU front panel, in the status expected for
the current operating condition of the equipment
transmitted and received RF power at nominal values.
absence of alarm signaling via software.
In Tab. 1 the status is indicated of the signaling LEDs, located on the front panel of IDU
(see Fig. 1) in conditions of normal operation.
NOTE For the correct equipment operation, it is necessary that the value
received power) and -30 dBm (max. received power) with accuracy
2 dB. Should the received power be below the minimum
threshold, number "-99" is displayed. Instead, should the received
power exceeds the maximum threshold, the value power indication
accurancy makes worse since the ODU Rx RF chain saturates and
so prevents the equipment damaging limiting the signal level.
Up to real received signal power -20 dBm the equipments works
correctly with BER 10
-11
.
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
6.2 Alarm conditions
An alarm condition usually indicates a fault in one of the equipment assemblies (IDU
and/or ODU); sometimes, the cause may be an external abnormal operation of the
equipment (e.g., fault on remote terminal, etc.).
An equipment alarm condition can be pointed out:
by the lighting up of an alarm red/yellow LED on the front panel of the faulty part
and by the lighting up of the red summary lamp (if present) on the rack top
by the incorrect lighting up status of a green/yellow LED on IDU front panel (see
Tab. 1).
by an alarm signaling via software.
The summary alarm signalings are also returned to the outside by Alarm/Alarm and Fan
unit (if equipped).
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
Tab. 1 LED lighting up status in normal operating conditions
Unit LED Colour Status
Controller unit
\
Red OFF
ABN Yellow OFF
URG Red OFF
NURG Red OFF
IND Yellow OFF
INT Red OFF
MEM Yellow Significant only in (1+1) configuration:
OFF, in case of radio channel automatic selection
ON, the LED corresponding to the active radio channel
forced manually
Red OFF
CH1 and
CH2
Green OFF
Alarm/Alarm and Fan
unit (optional)
\
Red OFF
TEMP Yellow OFF
2 Mbit/s Tributary unit - Green ON
Q-Adapter unit
(optional)
\
Red OFF
OS LINK Green ON should the connection be active to the TMN
supervisory center; otherwise, it must be OFF
EOW unit
(optional)
\
Red OFF
LINE 1 and
LINE 2
Green
The lighting up status depends on the operational status of
the service telephone channel (see document "Use of the
service telephone channel" of the OMN Manual)
ODU Green
BUSY Green
CONF Green
(continue)
SRA L Activation
53-001A8-501/E
Tab. 1 LED lighting up status in normal operating conditions (continue)
RTM unit
\
Red OFF
ODU ALM Red OFF
OPEN
CABLE
Red OFF
ODU OVL Red OFF
ALIGN Green ON; significant only in (1+1) configuration
BER Red OFF
CH1 and
CH2
Yellow The LED corresponding to the active radio channel is ON
ON LINE Green ON
For (1+1) configuration, the LED corresponding to the
active RTM is ON
Activation SRA L
53-001A8-501/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
SRA L
Use of POE
53-001A8-300/E
Use of POE SRA L
53-001A8-300/E
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Use of POE
53-001A8-300/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 POE COMPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3 CONTROL AND CHECK DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4 OPERATING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.1 POE connection to ODU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.2 Received power measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.2.1 Measurement with POE instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.2.2 Measurement with external voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3 Measurement of +5 V and V BAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.1 +5 V measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.3.2 V BAT measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4.4 Use of the service telephone channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Use of POE SRA L
53-001A8-300/E
Illustrations
Fig. 1 POE block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fig. 2 POE unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fig. 3 DTFM handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fig. 4 POE-ODU interconnection cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fig. 5 POE control and check devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SRA L Use of POE
53-001A1-300/E
Tables
Tab. 1 POE control and check devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Use of POE SRA L
53-001A8-300/E
1 GENERAL
This documents instructs about the use of the External Operator Post (POE), utilized in
the SRA L low-capacity radio system.
The POE is utilized by the external operator (ODU) during the phase of equipment
setting to work.
The POE, in combination with the EOW unit of IDU, allows the communication functions
between the operators located in the several stations of the radio system, in particular
allows:
the conversation between stations
the local conversation between the internal operator (IDU) and the external one
(ODU) of the same station
the conversation between remote operators and the conference among the
operators of the radio system.
The POE utilizes a DTMF type handset.
Besides the communication functions, the POE allows the following checks to be
performed concerning the correct operation of ODU:
check of the correct operation of ODU internal power supply
check of the presence of the battery voltage supplying the ODU
measurement of the received field power
signaling of RF transmitter correct operation.
The POE block diagram is shown in Fig. 1.
Fig. 1 POE block diagram
NOTE The POE, described into this document, can be used only with ODU
with P/N 732-201/XX.
All the other ODUs (P/N 732-201/XXB, C and 732-221/XXB, C) are
not provided with multipolar connector or if such a connector is
present (for instance 732-201/07B, C and 732-201/08 B, C), it is not
wired inside with the exception of the wire that carries the AGC
voltage for the received field.
Besides, it is present a BNC that allows the AGC measurement of
the received filed.
SRA L Use of POE
53-001A8-300/E
2 POE COMPOSITION
The POE, P/N 609-004/11, consists of:
POE unit, P/N 630-202/18 (see Fig. 2)
DTMF handset, P/N 634-901/02 (see Fig. 3)
cable for the connection to ODU, P/N 314-184/70 (see Fig. 4)
bag for the transport and keeping of the accessories.
The DTMF handset is provided with a 2 m long extension.
Fig. 2 POE unit
Fig. 3 DTFM handset
Use of POE SRA L
53-001A8-300/E
Fig. 4 POE-ODU interconnection cable
3 CONTROL AND CHECK DEVICES
In Tab. 1, with reference to Fig. 5, all POE control and check devices are described,
located on POE unit front panel.
Tab. 1 POE control and check devices
Pos. in
Fig. 5
Type Acronym Function
1 Measurement
instrument
It allows, according to the position of
switch "TEST", the measurement of the
received power or of the ODU voltages
(+5 V/V BAT).
2 LED (red) TX AMP
ALM
When lit, it signal the RF transmitter alarm
activation.
3 Bipolar test
point
RX
POWER
It allows the measurement of the received
power by an external voltmeter.
4 2-position
switch
TEST It selects the type of measurement to be
carried out with the unit instrument:
pos. "-5V/Vbat": measurement of +5 V/
V BAT
pos. "RX POWER": measurement of the
received power.
5 Momentary
type
push-button
-5V When pressed, the measurement of +5 V
(delivered by the ODU internal power
supply) is performed by the instrument.
The push-button is operational the switch
"TEST" being set to "-5V/Vbat" position.
6 Momentary
type
push-button
Vbat When pressed, the measurement of the
battery voltage feeding the ODU is
performed by the instrument.
The push-button is operational the switch
"TEST" being set to "-5V/Vbat" position.
(Continued)
SRA L Use of POE
53-001A8-300/E
Tab. 1 POE control and check devices
Fig. 5 POE control and check devices
4 OPERATING PROCEDURES
4.1 POE connection to ODU
To have the POE in operational status, it has to be connected to ODU through the
special allotted cable (see Fig. 4); to this purpose, the POE is provided with a 15-pole,
female, sub-D type connector.
The POE in not provided with switching-on/off devices since it is directly fed by the
battery voltage (V BAT) delivered by ODU.
Pos. in
Fig. 5
Type Acronym Function
7 Momentary
type
push-button
INDOOR
CALL
When pressed, it causes a local call to IDU
to be sent.
8 2-position
Switch
LINE
ENG.
When actuated (ON), it determines the
seizure of the telephone channel for the
conversation with the remote operator.
NOTE For the location of the control and check devices, refer to Fig. 5.
Use of POE SRA L
53-001A8-300/E
4.2 Received power measurement
The received power measurement can be performed either with the POE measurement
instrument or an external voltmeter.
4.2.1 Measurement with POE instrument
Set switch "TEST" to "RX POWER" position.
Read the measured value (by marks) on the instrument. The indication is
approximately set to mark No. 1, the received signal being -90 dBm, with a
sensitivity of about 10 dB for mark.
4.2.2 Measurement with external voltmeter
By a cable provided with plug and banana plug, connect a voltmeter to the bipolar
measurement point "RX POWER".
Read on the voltmeter the measured value which should range between -0.5 V (min.
received power) and -5 V (max. received power).
4.3 Measurement of +5 V and V BAT
The ODU voltages measurement is carried out through the POE instrument.
4.3.1 +5 V measurement
Set switch "TEST" to "-5V/Vbat" position.
Press push-button "-5V" and check the instrument pointer moves to green field.
4.3.2 V BAT measurement
Set switch "TEST" to "-5V/Vbat" position.
Press push-button "Vbat" and check the instrument pointer moves to green field.
4.4 Use of the service telephone channel
The service telephone channel is available only if IDU is equipped with EOW unit.
To preset the POE to the use of the service telephone channel, connect the DTMF
handset to the jack on POE front panel (see Fig. 5).
The operational functions relevant to the service telephone channel are realized on POE
through the DTMF handset and the relevant control/check devices, located on POE unit
front panel (see Tab. 1); POE unit is provided with a ringing bell for the signaling of the
local call in progress from IDU.
As far as the use procedures are concerned of the service telephone channel, refer to
the relevant document "Use of the service telephone channel" of the OMN manual.
FINE
SRA L
Periodical controls and equipment operating
check
53-001A8-301/E
Periodical controls and equipment operating check SRA L
53-001A8-301/E
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Periodical controls and equipment operating check
53-001A8-301/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2 PERIODICAL CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 EQUIPMENT OPERATING CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.1 Normal operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.2 Alarm conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
53-001A8-301/E
Tables
Tab. 1 LED lighting up status in normal operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
53-001A8-301/E
1 GENERAL
Subject document describes the controls to be executed on the equipment to verify and
check its correct functioning.
2 PERIODICAL CONTROLS
The only periodical controls to be executed on the equipment are the following ones:
visual control of the equipment integrity with possible cleaning procedure of the
equipment itself
check of the power supply voltage value; such a value must be comprised into the
defined limits (20% of the nominal value)
software check of the RF RX power
yearly cleaning and new pressurization of the wave guide, in case of RF
connections with elliptic wave guide.
3 EQUIPMENT OPERATING CHECK
The equipment operating status can be checked in every moment by means of a service
PC equipped with a control and configuration software (refer to the software OMN
Manual).
3.1 Normal operating conditions
The equipment normal operating conditions are pointed out by:
alarm signaling red lamp off, on the rack front top
all the alarm signaling red LEDs off, on IDU front panel
green LED on, signaling the supply voltage presence, on 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit
front panel
all the other signaling LED, located on IDU front panel, in the status expected for
the current operating condition of the equipment
transmitted and received RF power at nominal values
absence of alarm signaling via software
value displayed on RCV FIELD display of every RTM unit, such a value is ranging
between -91 dBm (min. received power value) and -30 dBm (max. received value).
53-001A8-301/E
In Tab. 1 the status is indicated of the signaling LEDs, located on the front panel of IDU
in conditions of normal operation.
NOTE For the correct equipment operation, it is necessary that the value
received power) and -30 dBm (max. received power) with accuracy
2 dB. Should the received power be below the minimum
threshold, number "-99" is displayed. Instead, should the received
power exceeds the maximum threshold, the value power indication
accurancy makes worse since the ODU RX RF chain saturates and
so prevents the equipment damaging limiting the signal level.
Up to real received signal power -20 dBm the equipments works
correctly with BER 10
-10
.
53-001A8-301/E
Tab. 1 LED lighting up status in normal operating conditions
Controller unit
\
Red OFF
ABN Yellow OFF
URG Red OFF
NURG Red OFF
IND Yellow OFF
INT Red OFF
MEM Yellow OFF; it must be ON should an alarm condition have been
memorized
Red OFF
CH1 and
CH2
Green Significant only in (1+1) configuration:
OFF, in case of radio channel automatic selection
ON, the LED corresponding to the on line RX channel
forced manually
Alarm/Alarm and Fan
unit (optional)
\
Red ON
TEMP Yellow OFF
2 Mbit/s Tributary unit - Green ON
Q-Adapter unit
(optional)
\
Red OFF
OS LINK Green ON should the connection be active to the TMN
supervisory center; otherwise, it must be OFF
EOW unit
(optional)
\
Red OFF
LINE 1 and
LINE 2
Green
The lighting up status depends on the operational status of
the service telephone channel (see document "Use of the
service telephone channel")
ODU Green
BUSY Green
CONF Green
RTM unit
\
Red OFF
ODU ALM Red OFF
OPEN
CABLE
Red OFF
ODU OVL Red OFF
ALIGN Green ON; significant only in (1+1) configuration
BER Red OFF
CH1 and
CH2
Yellow The LED corresponding to the on line channel is ON
ON LINE Green ON
53-001A8-301/E
3.2 Alarm conditions
An alarm condition usually indicates a fault in one of the equipment assemblies (IDU
and/or ODU); sometimes, the cause may be an external abnormal operation of the
equipment (e.g., fault on remote terminal, etc.).
An equipment alarm condition can be pointed out:
by the lighting up of an alarm red/yellow LED on the front panel of the faulty part
and by the lighting up of the red summary lamp (if present) on the rack top
by the incorrect lighting up status of a green/yellow LED on IDU front panel
by an alarm signaling via software.
The summary alarm signalings are also returned to the outside by Alarm/Alarm and Fan
unit (if equipped).
FINE
SRA L
Troubleshooting
53-001A8-502/E
Troubleshooting SRA L
53-001A8-502/E
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Troubleshooting
53-001A8-502/E
&RQWHQWV
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 TROUBLESHOOTING BY MEANS OF PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1 Unit connection status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2 System alarm events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.3 Alarm events on RTM unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.4 Alarm events on ODU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.5 Alarm events on Controller unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.6 Alarm events on 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.7 Alarm events on Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.8 Alarm events on EOW unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.9 Alarm events on Q-Adapter unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3 TROUBLESHOOTING BY MEANS OF LEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
53-001A8-502/E
1 GENERAL
Subject documents contents the guide lines to be followed when an alarm condition
occurs to reach a quick identification of the alarm cause and then to reset the equipment
correct functioning.
2 TROUBLESHOOTING BY MEANS OF PC
The operator can check the presence of an alarm and detect its causes by means of the
control and configuration software.
For such a purpose here below there is the detailed description of all the alarm signals
available via software, completed with the indication of the probable causes and with the
advice of the possible remedies.
2.1 Unit connection status
The connection statuses between the Controller unit and the slave units are the
following ones:
DISCONNECTED
CONNECTED
ON LINE
MISMATCH.
In DISCONNECTED and CONNECTED statuses, the slave unit is considered as
extracted (also if the unit is inserted into the equipment and it is not able to communicate
correctly with the Controller unit).
In the ON LINE status, the slave unit is in the correct slot according to the provided
configuration and it communicates correctly with the Controller unit. The firmware
version is then equivalent with the one of the Controller unit.
In the MISMATCH status, the slave unit is present into the slot but it does not correspond
to what is provided by the current configuration or the firmware version is not equivalent
with the one of the Controller unit.
The signalling of the connection status is automatically updated by the Controller unit
while the equipping setting of the units is executed via software by the operator.
Then it is possible the presence of errors caused by the discordance between the
equipping status set by the operator and the physical one of the equipment.
2.2 System alarm events
Battery power supply alarm (PWR SUPPLY ALM)
The power supply voltage, provided by the station batteries, is absent at input.
The SRA L is provided with a redundant power supply.
An alarm signal is present for each of the two power supply lines.
If an alarm occurs on both the power supply lines, there is the functionality loss of
the equipment.
53-001A8-502/E
Power supply configuration error from battery 2 (PS2 CONFIG)
It is possible, via software, to disable the second power supply line of the
equipment. Such a line assures the power supply redundancy. The alarm signals
the presence at input of power supply on the second line if the second line itself
has been disabled.
TX On Line channel alarm (TX onL CH ALM)
A serious alarm has occurred on TX On Line channel preventing its correct
functioning, in presence of manual forcing (software) or of serious alarm on the
standby TX channel.
The alarm is the summarization result of the ODU CARD FAIL, ODU TX ALM, RTM
CARD FAIL, MOD ALM, CABLE ALM and IN TRIB ALM serious alarms.
To reset the correct functioning it is necessary to detect the alarm root that has
caused the signal intervention and to proceed according to such a root.
In presence of manual forcing before proceeding to the alarm root individuation, it
is necessary to remove the forcing action or forcing the other channel On Line.
RX On Line channel alarm (RX onL CH ALM)
A serious alarm has occurred on RX On Line channel preventing its correct
functioning, in presence of manual forcing (hardware or software) or of serious
alarm on the standby RX channel.
The alarm is the summarization result of the ODU CARD FAIL, ODU RX ALM, RTM
CARD FAIL, RX PWR ALM, IF-DEM ALM, CABLE ALM, OUT TRIB ALM,
BER 10
-3
, LOF, ALIGN ALM and LINK ERR serious alarms.
To reset the correct functioning it is necessary to detect the alarm root that has
caused the signal intervention and to proceed according to such a root.
In presence of manual forcing before proceeding to the alarm root individuation, it
is necessary to remove the forcing action or forcing the other channel On Line.
Back-plane EEPROM failure (EEPROM BACK-PLANE ALM)
The back-plane EEPROM is out of order.
This event causes the possible loss of some configuration data as a consequence
of a power supply absence.
The alarm does not cause then an immediate out of order status for the equipment.
It is not longer assured the correct service restarting after a power supply
interruption.
External alarms (EXT LINE ALM)
Four alarm lines (LINE 1 to LINE 4) are available at connector for the transparent
transport, via radio, of station alarms (e.g. open door, fume presence, etc.).
The presence of an alarm signals the failure of the connected function to the
subject alarm line.
Remote alarms (REM LINE ALM)
The SRA L receives from the remote station the four lines (LINE 1 to LINE 4)
relevant to the station external alarms.
The presence of an alarm signals the failure of the connected function to the
subject alarm line on the remote station.
53-001A8-502/E
2.3 Alarm events on RTM unit
Unit failure (CARD FAIL)
The RTM unit is out of order.
The CARD FAIL alarm masks the following alarms:
IF-DEM ALM
LOF
HIGH EW
LOW EW
ALIGN ALM
HIGH BER
LINK ID ERR
FERF
OUT TRIB ALM
To reset the correct functioning, it is necessary to execute the unit replacement.
Modulator alarm (MOD ALM)
The Modulator sub-unit inside the RTM unit is out of order.
Demodulator/IF section alarm (IF-DEM ALM)
The Demodulator sub-unit inside the RTM unit is out of order.
The alarm presence causes the AIS insertion (it can not be deactivated via
software) at tributary side for the aggregate signal.
BER 10
-3
(HIGH BER)
The calculated BER downstream the switching has reached a threshold of 10
-3
.
The received signal has an extremely bad quality. It is likely be caused by remote
failures or by transmission anomalies.
Hitless logic alignment alarm (ALIGN ALM)
The RTM unit has detected a misalignment gap between the two channels higher
than the one that the unit is able to recover by means of its own elastic memory; it
causes the loss of switching capacity of the hitless switch.
The effect on the equipment functioning is not immediate but only of potential
danger. May be the static delay parameter must be changed (see OMN manual) or
RF signal is not available for one of the RTM units.
Early warning low and early warning high condition (LOW EW and HIGH EW)
The SRA L allows to calculate the error degree according to the errors of the error
correction coding. By means of this error degree, two successive thresholds
(approximately Low = 10
-7
to 10
-6
and High = 10
-4
to 10
-3
) are set via hardware
(such thresholds can no be modified) corresponding to the LOW EW and HIGH EW
events.
The error detectable on the connector as a consequence of the forwarded
correction pulses is respectively about 10
-11
(currently it can not be detected) and
NOTE In (1+1) configuration, if an alarm occurs on a RTM unit, the service
is assured by the other RTM unit.
53-001A8-502/E
10
-6
.
These two alarms, relevant to the reception side, are typically caused by anomalies
of the transmitting device, as the fading or the bad weather. The creation speed
and the disappearing one can be very high because the calculation of the error
degree is very quick.
Loss on aggregate signal (LOF)
An alignment loss has occurred of the frame at line side.
It could be caused by failures into the remote system or by transmission anomalies
and, only with a very low probability, by a failure of the demodulator.
It is necessary an intervention on the field and/or an evaluation of the possible
alarms present on the connected ODU.
Link identification code error (LINK ID ERR)
The radio path (hop) realised with SRA L equipment receives an identification code
(Link ID). Such code defines the colour of the path. A single two-way radio path
receives two numeric identification codes (ranging between 0 and 15):
TX link ID code
RX link ID code.
Such codes are valid respectively in transmission mode and in reception one.
The RTM unit controls if the ID value present inside the received signal correspond
to the value expected to be received (RX link ID code); if the two values are
different, the alarm is generated.
The alarm does not automatically underline the failure of the RTM unit, but it means
with a great probability that it has occurred a failure into the remote transmission
system or a temporary transmission anomaly.
Alarm on the input tributaries (TRIB IN ALM)
The input signal (LOS) at tributary side is not present or an overflow of the input
buffer has occurred.
For each available tributary, it is present an alarm line.
The alarm presence, caused by LOS, causes the AIS insertion (it can not be
deactivated via software) at radio side only for the tributary under alarm. Instead if
the alarm cause is the buffer overflow, the AIS insertion can be disabled via
software.
alarms present on the output of the connected system at tributary side.
53-001A8-502/E
Alarm on the output tributaries (TRIB OUT ALM)
The output signal at tributary side is not present.
For each available tributary, it is present an alarm line.
It is necessary a field intervention and/or an evaluation of the possible alarms
present upstream the output at tributary side, it is then highly possible a failure of
the RTM unit.
AIS on the input tributaries (TRIB IN AIS)
It is detected the AIS presence on one of the input tributaries.
alarms on the output of the connected system at tributary side.
HDB3 code error on the input tributaries (TRIB IN HDB3 CODE ERR)
It is detected an HDB3 code error on one of the input tributaries.
alarms on the output of the connected system at tributary side.
Reception failure on remote terminal (FERF)
The radio signal is not correctly received by the remote station. Such a station
reacts forwarding back the FERF signal (Far End Receive Failure). This alarm can
be caused by failures of the equipment output section at radio side; the probability
that the alarm is generated for transmission errors is very low.
Block error on remote terminal (FEBE)
The radio signal is not correctly received by the remote station. Such a station
reacts forwarding back the FEBE signal (Far End Block Error). This alarm can be
caused by failures of the equipment output section at radio side; the probability that
the alarm is generated for transmission errors is very low.
Tributary configuration alarm (TRIB CONF ALM)
The RTM unit allows to set the tributary number really used in such a way to
realised not completely equipped equipment.
The alarm signals the presence of input signal on one tributary that has been
disabled. Therefore in this case, AIS is inserted on the aggregate signal.
If the operator wants or not to transport the signal, it is necessary to disconnect the
input signal or to set again the tributary.
Cable alarm (CABLE ALM)
A failure is present in the connection between ODU and RTM unit.
It is highly probable that a failure has occurred on the cable, it is much less
probable that a failure has occurred on the cable interface circuits of the ODU and
of the RTM unit.
It is necessary an intervention on the field.
53-001A8-502/E
2.4 Alarm events on ODU
The ODU is out of order.
To reset the correct functioning it is necessary to execute the ODU replacement.
ODU power supply alarm (POWER ALM)
The ODU power supply voltage is not present.
The alarm is summarised into the CARD FAIL alarm of the ODU and into the report
of the transmission and reception alarms of the ODU.
Loss of IF TX signal (TX IF ALM)
An inner sensor detects the loss of the signal at intermediate frequency (IF)
transporting the signal in TX at radio side.
of the transmission alarms of the ODU.
TX local oscillator failure (TX LO ALM)
The local oscillator used for transmission inside the ODU is out of order.
TX power alarm (TX PWR ALM)
A too high decrease of transmission power has occurred.
RX power alarm (RX PWR ALM)
At input of the reception demodulator unit, it is signalled the loss of the RX RF
signal; the alarm is activated according to the not sufficient value of the received
power.
The event can be caused, for example, by anomalies of the transmitting device or
by failures into the remote system.
In case of alarm caused by bad weather (fading), there is the alarm reset after a
relatively short time (depending on the atmospheric conditions). Then to be able to
distinguish between the other causes, it is necessary to check on the field the
possible presence on the local equipment of the alarms relevant to the signal
reception and, at network level, of the alarms relevant to transmission on the
remote equipment.
RX local oscillator failure (RX LO ALM)
The local oscillator used for reception inside the ODU is out of order.
of the reception alarms of the ODU.
NOTE In (1+1) configuration if an alarm has occurred on one ODU, the
service is assured by the other ODU.
53-001A8-502/E
IF RX synthesizer failure (IF SYN ALM)
The local oscillator used for reception inside the ODU for the RF/IF connection is
out of order.
RX receiver failure (RX FAIL)
The receiver of the ODU is out of order.
Wrong frequency plan (FREQ PLAN FAIL)
There is a wrong correspondence between the set parameters into the frequency
plan and the ones of the transceiver system (ODU) at disposal.
It is necessary to define again the frequency plan.
Suppression of the transmission on progress (SQUELCH TX)
It is a status signal (it is not an alarm one) signalling the squelch on progress on
the ODU of the transmission signal.
It can be caused by a wrong functioning of the TX chain (e.g. TX LO ALM) or by a
command automatically created by the system TX protection logic or by a software
command.
TX ODU section alarm (ODU TX ALM)
A malfunction has occurred into the TX section of the ODU.
The alarm is the result of the summarising of the TX IF ALM, TX LO ALM, POWER
ALM and PS ALM alarms of the ODU.
RX ODU section alarm (ODU RX ALM)
A malfunction has occurred into the RX section of the ODU.
The alarm is the result of the summarising of the RX LO ALM, IF SYN ALM, RX
FAIL and PS ALM alarms of the ODU.
The alarm presence causes the AIS insertion (it can not be disabled via software)
at tributary side for the aggregate signal.
53-001A8-502/E
2.5 Alarm events on Controller unit
The Controller unit is out of order.
The service is assured also with a Controller unit out of order or absent.
The status of all the equipment units is considered unknown (unknown).
Then the failure has influence upon the tele-control possibility and upon the
operations executed by a local PC.
To reset the correct functioning it is necessary to execute the unit replacement.
EEPROM failure (CONTROLLER EEPROM ALM)
The EEPROM of the Controller unit is out of order.
This event causes only that the Controller unit can not save the configuration into
the not volatile memory. It does not cause neither an out of order condition for the
equipment not that the Controller unit does not execute its functions.
Therefore, if the system restarts after a power supply absence condition, the
Controller unit is not able to read the configuration from the other memories present
inside the equipment for the redundancy among the Controller unit EEPROM and
the back-plane EEPROM.
2.6 Alarm events on 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit
The 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit is out of order.
This event prevents the interfacing operation at tributary side of the equipment.
53-001A8-502/E
2.7 Alarm events on Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit
The Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit is out of order.
This event prevents the possibility of the Controller unit to detect the failures
signalled by the Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit.
The failure does not affect the service, but it reduced only the possibility of
tele-control operations.
IDU overtemperature alarm (OVER TEMP ALM)
It has been exceeded the maximum temperature threshold compatible with the
correct functioning of the IDU also if there is the presence of the fans (in case of
Alarm and Fan unit).
To reset the correct functioning it is necessary to check the wear of the fans (if
present), on the other hand it is necessary an intervention on the field.
IDU undertemperature alarm (UNDER TEMP ALM)
It has been exceeded the minimum temperature threshold compatible with the
correct functioning of the IDU.
To reset the correct functioning it is an intervention on the field.
Fan alarms (FAN ALM)
One fan of the Alarm and Fan unit is out of order.
Two alarms are available, one for each fan:
fan 1 alarm (FAN 1 ALM)
fan 2 alarm (FAN 2 ALM).
The failure has not an immediate influence on the service but it can cause an
excessive increase of the IDU inner temperature and then it can cause a
subsequent malfunctioning of the equipment.
To reset the correct functioning it is necessary to execute the Alarm and Fans unit
replacement.
NOTE The fan alarms are present only with equipment provided with
Alarm and Fan unit.
53-001A8-502/E
2.8 Alarm events on EOW unit
The EOW unit is out of order.
This event prevents the phonic communicaton service provided by the unit itself.
Loss of TX/RX clock for radio link (CH TXCK, CH RXCH LOS)
The EOW unit manages a 64 kbit/s channel for the phonic communication (by
means of POL) between two stations connected by means of radio link. Four
alarms are available to signal the loss of synchronism (coming from the
corresponding RTM unit) for each line and for each direction:
TX clock loss line 1 (CHN1 TXCK LOS)
RX clock loss line 1 (CHN1 RXCK LOS)
TX clock loss line 2 (CHN2 TXCK LOS)
RX clock loss line 2 (CHN2 RXCK LOS).
Loss of TX/RX clock for POL - POE link (ODU TXCK LOS, ODU RXCK LOS)
The EOW unit manages a 64 kbit/s channel for the phonic communication (by
means of POL) between the station operator (POL) and the external one (POE),
such a channel is placed near the antenna.
Four alarms are available to signal the loss of synchronism (coming from the
corresponding RTM unit) for each line and for each direction:
TX clock loss line ODU 1 (ODU1 TXCK LOS)
RX clock loss line ODU 1 (ODU1 RXCK LOS)
TX clock loss line ODU 2 (ODU2 TXCK LOS)
RX clock loss line ODU 2 (ODU2 RXCK LOS).
2.9 Alarm events on Q-Adapter unit
The Q-Adapter unit is out of order.
This event prevents the gateway service between the protocol used into the
supervision system and the TCP/IP one used into the SRA L radio network.
EEPROM failure (Q-ADAPTER EEPROM ALM)
The EEPROM of the Q-Adapter unit is out of order.
This event causes only that the Q-Adapter unit can not save the configuration into
the not volatile memory. It does not cause neither an out of order condition for the
equipment not that the Q-Adapter unit does not execute its functions.
NOTE The alarms relevant to line 2 are present only in 2(1+0) and
A/D-RPT configuration.
NOTE The alarms relevant to line ODU 2 are present only in 2(1+0) and
A/D-RPT configuration.
53-001A8-502/E
3 TROUBLESHOOTING BY MEANS OF LEDS
The aim of this troubleshooting is the one to provide to un operator/installer, not
equipped with PC with control and configuration software, some advices about how to
detect possible troubles from the equipment alarms.
FINE
Alarm status on equipment Possible causes
URG/NURG, alarms
-99 dBm received field (reading
on RCV FIELD display)
Wrong line-up on radio hop
ODU squelch (system activation OFF)
Wrong set frequency (widely external from the
allowed channel)
URG/NURG, alarms
Low received field (from -80 up
to -90 dBm) (reading on RCV
FIELD display)
Absence of 2 Mbit/s signal on enabled
tributaries
Wrong set frequency (external from the
allowed channel)
Interference from next radio hop
Reception troubles of a chain of the protected
system
URG/NURG, alarms
Nominal received field (from -40
up to -60 dBm) (reading on RCV
FIELD display)
Absence of 2 Mbit/s signal on enabled
tributaries
Incompatibility at radio hop level (ASIC or
wrong capacity)
Wrong set frequency (external from the
allowed channel)
Interference from next radio hop
Reception troubles of a chain of the protected
system
URG/NURG, INT, alarms
FIELD display)
Fault on one IDU unit
Fault on the ODU transceiving chain
Troubles on the IDU-ODU connection
NURG alarms
FIELD display)
Power supply
Second power supply line (redundant line)
enabled without input power supply from
battery
NURG alarms
Low received field (from -80 up
to -90 dBm) (reading on RCV
FIELD display)
Line-up not complying to the hop calculation,
external or deriving interference troubles
IND, INT alarms EEPROM fault
IND alarms Second present power supply line (redundant
line) but not enabled through software
Troubles in the reception chain of the remote
unit or no one enabled tributary on the remote
unit
ABN, MEM alarms HW/SW forcements in the protected systems
Test conditions for software loop
SRA L
Replacement procedures
53-001A8-302/E
Replacement procedures SRA L
53-001A8-302/E
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Replacement procedures
53-001A8-302/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE OF THE IDU UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 ODU REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4 FINAL OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
53-001A8-302/E
Illustrations
Fig. 1 Replacement of an IDU plug-in unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
53-001A8-302/E
1 GENERAL
Subject document describes the replacement procedures of the failure unit with the
corresponding spare part one.
At the end of the replacement procedure, it is necessary to verify that the alarm condition
has been removed and then the equipment correct functioning has been reset.
2 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE OF THE IDU
UNITS
After having detected the failure unit, it is necessary to execute its replacement with a
spare part one with the same code.
All the IDU units are plug-in type ones; to execute their replacement, it is necessary to
execute the following procedure according to Fig. 1:
Plug out, on the interested unit, the connection cables present on the front part.
Screw down the two fixing screws of the unit placed on its front part.
Extract the unit pulling it outside.
NOTE The replacement of an IDU unit, with the exception of the 2 Mbit/s
Tributary unit, can be executed with hot equipment, that is
without turning off the equipment.
WARNING In case of replacement of the 2 Mbit/s Tributary unit, of the
Controller unit or of the Alarm/Alarm and Fan unit, it is
necessary to check that the spare part unit has the same
hardware presettings of the one to be replaced (refer to
document Presettings.
During the insertion phase into the IDU sub-rack, if it is
present a particular resistance, it is necessary to pay
maximum attention avoiding to force excessively the unit.
An excessive forcing action can cause a failure on the IDU
back-plane or on the unit bottom connector.
53-001A8-302/E
Fig. 1 Replacement of an IDU plug-in unit
53-001A8-302/E
3 ODU REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
Specific spare parts are not provided for the ODU.
Then if an ODU failure occurs, it is necessary to replace the ODU with a spare one
having the same code.
For the replacement procedure of the ODU execute in a reverse order the installation
procedure (refer to the doc. Equipment installation).
NOTE To execute the ODU replacement procedure it is not necessary to
turn off the equipmnent.
WARNING Every ODU is marked with a code having an extended part
composed by four digits (eg.: 732-221/15_XXXY), identifying
the ODU personalization.
Then it is necessary to check that the spare ODU has the
same code of the ODU to be replaced.
53-001A8-302/E
4 FINAL OPERATIONS
At the end of the failure unit replacement procedure, it is necessary to:
reset the service, if it is necessary
check that the alarm condition has been removed and then that the equipment is
in normal functioning conditions
check that the unit is correctly detected by the software and that it is On Line.
FINE
SRA L
Symbols and abbreviations
53-001A8-151/E
Symbols and abbreviations SRA L
53-001A8-151/E
BLANK PAGE
SRA L Symbols and abbreviations
53-001A1-151/E
Contents
1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2 SIMBOLS UTILIZED IN THE FIGURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
53-001A1-151/E
Tables
Tab. 1 Symbols utilized in the figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
53-001A8-151/E
1 GENERAL
All the symbols and abbreviations, utilized in the manual, are summarized and
described in this document.
2 SIMBOLS UTILIZED IN THE FIGURES
In Tab. 1, the list and the meaning of the different symbols, utilized in the figures of this
manual, are set down.
Tab. 1 Symbols utilized in the figures
Symbol Meaning
Antenna
Splitter
Switch
Handset
Radio transmission
Personal Computer
RF coupler
53-001A8-151/E
3 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
A/D-RPT Add/Drop Repeater
AC Alternating Current
AGC Automatic Gain Control
ALM Alarm
ATPC Automatic Transmit Power Control
AUX Auxiliary
BB Base Band
BER Bit Error Rate
BSC Basic Station Center
BTS Basic Terminal Station
CH Channel
CMD Command
CPFSK Continuous Phase Frequency Shift Keying
CW Continous wave
D/A Digital/Analog
DC Direct Current
DCE Data Circuit-terminating Equipment
DEM Demodulator
DTE Data Terminal Equipment
DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency
EM ElectroMagnetic
EN Enable
EOW Engineering Order Wire
ESDS Electro Static Discharge Sensitive
EXT External
FD Frequency Diversity
FEC Forward Error Corrector
FSK Frequency Shift Keying
GA Gate Array
GND Ground
GTFM Generalized Tamed Frequency Modulation
H High
H/S Hot-Standby
HDB3 High Density Bipolar 3
HDLC High Data Link Control
HL Hitless
HW Hardware
I/O Input/Output
IC Integrated Circuit
ID Identifier
IDU Indoor Unit
IF Intermediate Frequency
IN Input
IND Indicative
INT Internal
ITMN Installation Test Manual
L Low
LCTI Local Terminal Interface
LSI Large Scale Integration
53-001A8-151/E
MEM Memorization
MOD Modulator
MSC Mobile Service switching Center
MTTR Mean Time To Repair
NE Network Element
NRZ Not Return-to-Zero
NURG Not Urgent
ODU Outdoor Unit
OMC Operation & Maintenance Center
OSI Open System Interconnection
OUT Output
OW Overflow
PC Personal Computer
PDH Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy
POH Path OverHead
PLL Phase Lock Loop
POE External operator post
POL Local operator post
RF Radio Frequency
RIEP Recapitulary
RS Reed Solomon
RTM Radio Transport Module
RX Reception
S/I Sensitivity/Interference
SAW Surface Acoustic Wave
SRA L Siemens radio access at low capacity
SW Software
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
TFM Tamed Frequency Modulation
TMN Telecommunications Management Network
TRIB Tributary
TS Service telephone
TX Transmission
UHF Ultra High Frequency
URG Urgent
VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator
53-001A8-151/E
FINE
BLANK PAGE
PRINTED in ITALY

SRAL

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

SRAL

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

53-001A8-F00/E

Issue 1, September 1999

Anda mungkin juga menyukai